hp intelligent management centerh20628. · 2019-01-17 · application manager ( apm) is a network...

HP Intelligent Management Center

Application Manager Administrator Guide

Abstract

This guide provides instructions for using IMC Application Manager. It includes information on prerequisites, service monitor management, widget management, port configuration, and application group management.

Part number: 5998-3312

Software version: IMC PLAT 5.1 SP1 (E0202P05)

Edition 1

ii

© Copyright 2012 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

No part of this documentation may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice.

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.

The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.

Acknowledgments

Microsoft® and Windows® are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

iii

Contents

1 Application Manager overview ····························································································································1 Installation and network planning ··································································································································· 1

Installation requirements ·········································································································································· 1 APM network planning ············································································································································ 2

Application classes management ···································································································································· 2 APM communication management ································································································································· 4 APM monitor features ······················································································································································· 5

Application monitor management ·························································································································· 5 Application group management ····························································································································· 6 Threshold and Port configuration management ···································································································· 6 APM Widget management ····································································································································· 6

2 Quick start ······························································································································································7 Prerequisites ······································································································································································· 7 Application monitor configuration ·································································································································· 7

Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery ······························································································ 8 Adding an application monitor manually ·············································································································· 9 Adding monitors for various types of applications ···························································································· 10

Viewing monitoring report ············································································································································ 11 Analyzing root cause of unhealthy applications ········································································································ 13

3 Monitor management ····································································································································· 15 Application monitor ······················································································································································· 15

Viewing an application monitor list ···················································································································· 15 Customizing a monitor list ···································································································································· 16 Querying an application monitor ························································································································ 17 Adding an application monitor ··························································································································· 17 Editing an application monitor ···························································································································· 18 Deleting monitoring application ·························································································································· 19 Management an application monitor ················································································································· 19 Start Polling ···························································································································································· 19

Host monitor ··································································································································································· 20 Viewing a host monitor in the host mode ··········································································································· 20 Viewing a host monitor in the list mode·············································································································· 20

Class monitor ·································································································································································· 21 Viewing a class monitor ······································································································································· 21

Custom a monitor ··························································································································································· 22 Viewing a custom monitors list····························································································································· 22

iv

Viewing custom monitor details ··························································································································· 23 Adding a custom monitor ····································································································································· 23 Modifying a custom monitor ································································································································ 24 Deleting a custom monitor ···································································································································· 24 Viewing a custom monitor report ························································································································ 25

4 Application group ··············································································································································· 27 Application group management··································································································································· 27

Viewing application group list ····························································································································· 27 Viewing the group details ···································································································································· 28 Adding a application group ································································································································ 28 Modifying the application group ························································································································· 29 Deleting the application group ···························································································································· 29

5 Threshold and Port configuration ······················································································································· 30 Threshold Configuration ················································································································································ 30

Viewing the global threshold list·························································································································· 30 Querying the global threshold ····························································································································· 31 Modifying the global threshold ···························································································································· 31 Setting the custom threshold ································································································································· 32

Port Configuration ·························································································································································· 33 Viewing the application default port list ············································································································· 34 Modifying the application default port list ········································································································· 34

6 Widget management ·········································································································································· 35 Application monitor widget ·········································································································································· 35

Setting display parameters ··································································································································· 35 Setting refresh interval ·········································································································································· 36

Host monitor widget······················································································································································· 36 Setting refresh interval ·········································································································································· 37

7 Windows OS monitor ········································································································································· 38 Windows XP ··································································································································································· 38

Adding a Windows XP application monitor ······································································································ 38 Modifying a Windows XP application monitor ································································································· 39 Viewing the Windows XP application monitor report ······················································································· 40

Windows Server ···························································································································································· 50 Adding a Windows Server application monitor ································································································ 50 Modifying a Windows Server application monitor ··························································································· 51 Viewing the Windows Server application monitor report ················································································ 52

8 UNIX server monitor ··········································································································································· 64 AIX ··················································································································································································· 64

Configuring AIX monitor ······································································································································· 64 Viewing AIX monitoring report ···························································································································· 66

Solaris ············································································································································································· 79 Configuring Solaris monitor ································································································································· 79

v

Viewing Solaris monitoring report ······················································································································· 81 FreeBSD··········································································································································································· 93

Configuring FreeBSD monitor ······························································································································ 93 Viewing FreeBSD monitoring report ···················································································································· 95

Mac OS ········································································································································································ 107 Configuring Mac OS monitor ···························································································································· 108 Viewing Mac OS monitoring report ·················································································································· 109

OpenBSD ······································································································································································ 121 Configuring OpenBSD monitor ·························································································································· 121 Viewing OpenBSD monitoring report ··············································································································· 123

HP-UX ············································································································································································ 135 Configuring HP-UX monitor ································································································································ 135 Viewing HP-UX monitoring report ······················································································································ 136

Linux server monitor ············································································································································· 150 Linux ·············································································································································································· 150

Adding a Linux application monitor ·················································································································· 150 Modifying a Linux application monitor ············································································································· 151 Viewing the Linux application monitor report ·································································································· 152

Database Server Monitor ····································································································································· 165 SQL Server ···································································································································································· 165

Adding a SQL Server application monitor ······································································································· 165 Modifying a SQL Server application monitor ·································································································· 166 SQL Server application monitor report ············································································································· 167

MySQL ·········································································································································································· 183 Adding a MySQL application monitor ·············································································································· 183 Modifying a MySQL application monitor ········································································································· 184 MySQL application monitor reports ·················································································································· 185

Oracle ··········································································································································································· 197 Adding a Oracle application monitor ·············································································································· 197 Modifying an Oracle application monitor········································································································ 198 Oracle application monitor reports ··················································································································· 199

11 Application server monitor ····························································································································· 211 .NET server ··································································································································································· 211

Adding a .NET server application monitor ······································································································ 211 Modifying a .NET server application monitor·································································································· 212 Viewing the .NET server application monitor report ······················································································· 213

12 Web server monitor ······································································································································· 222 Apache server ······························································································································································ 222

Configuring the Apache server ·························································································································· 222 Adding an Apache server application monitor ······························································································· 222 Modifying an Apache server application monitor ··························································································· 223 Viewing the Apache server application monitor report ·················································································· 224

IIS server········································································································································································ 228

vi

Adding an IIS server application monitor ········································································································· 228 Modifying an IIS server application monitor ···································································································· 229 Viewing the IIS server application monitor report ··························································································· 230

PHP ················································································································································································ 239 Adding a PHP application monitor ··················································································································· 239 Modifying a PHP application monitor ··············································································································· 240 Viewing the PHP application monitor report ···································································································· 241

13 Mail server monitor ········································································································································ 245 Exchange Server 2003 ··············································································································································· 245

Adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor ················································································ 245 Modifying an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor············································································ 246 Viewing the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report ··································································· 248

Exchange Server 2007 ··············································································································································· 258 Adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor ················································································ 258 Modifying an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor············································································ 260 Viewing the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor report ··································································· 261

POP3 ············································································································································································· 272 Adding a POP3 application monitor ················································································································ 272 Modifying a POP3 application monitor ············································································································ 273 Viewing the POP3 application monitor report ································································································· 274

SMTP ············································································································································································· 277 Adding an SMTP application monitor··············································································································· 277 Modifying an SMTP application monitor ·········································································································· 278 Viewing the SMTP application monitor report ································································································· 279

14 Web service monitor ······································································································································ 283 RESTful Web service ···················································································································································· 283

Adding a RESTful Web service application monitor ······················································································· 283 Modifying a RESTful Web service application monitor ·················································································· 284 Viewing the RESTful Web service application monitor report········································································ 285

SOAP-based Web service ·········································································································································· 288 Adding a SOAP-based Web service application monitor ·············································································· 289 Modifying a SOAP-based Web service application monitor ········································································· 290 Viewing the SOAP-based Web service application monitor report ······························································ 291

15 LDAP service monitor ······································································································································ 295 Active Directory service ··············································································································································· 295

Adding an AD service application monitor ······································································································ 295 Modifying an AD service application monitor ································································································· 296 Viewing the AD service application monitor report ························································································ 297

LDAP service ································································································································································· 308 Adding an LDAP service application monitor ·································································································· 308 Modifying an LDAP service application monitor ····························································································· 310 Viewing the LDAP service application monitor report ····················································································· 311

vii

16 File/Directory monitor ···································································································································· 317 File ················································································································································································· 317

Adding a file application monitor ····················································································································· 317 Modifying a file application monitor ················································································································ 318 Viewing the file application monitor report ······································································································ 319

Directory········································································································································································ 323 Adding a directory application monitor ··········································································································· 323 Modifying a directory application monitor ······································································································ 324 Viewing the directory monitor report ················································································································ 325

17 Service monitor ··············································································································································· 329 SNMP service ······························································································································································· 329

Adding an SNMP service application monitor ································································································ 329 Modifying an SNMP service application monitor ··························································································· 330 Viewing the SNMP service application monitor report ··················································································· 331

DNS service ·································································································································································· 334 Adding a DNS service application monitor ····································································································· 334 Modifying a DNS service application monitor ································································································ 336 Viewing the DNS service application monitor report ······················································································ 336

18 HTTP service monitor ······································································································································ 341 URL ················································································································································································· 341

Adding a URL application monitor ···················································································································· 341 Modifying a URL application monitor ··············································································································· 342 Viewing the URL application monitor report····································································································· 343

19 Support and other resources ·························································································································· 347 Contacting HP ······························································································································································ 347 Subscription service ····················································································································································· 347 Related information ······················································································································································ 347

Documents ···························································································································································· 347 Websites ······························································································································································ 347

Conventions ·································································································································································· 348

1

1 Application Manager overview

Application Manager (APM) is a network management software product based on IMC platform, and it is used to monitor various applications in the network. During the monitoring process, APM collects data from the applications and generates an application monitor report. It is helpful for the operators to solve the application performance bottleneck problems, and guarantee the significant services will be available, reliable, and continuous.

Usually, a significant service works on the different host and composes of several applications. Figure 1 shows the work model of APM, PLAT, and Applications. Besides, APM can also provide the operating system monitor function.

• Supported host types: PC, work station, server

• Supported operating system types: Windows, Linux, and Unix

• Supported application types: Web server, database , mail server and so on

Figure 1 PLAT、APM and Applications

Installation and network planning

Installation requirements To prepare for installation of the APM module, make sure that you have met the following requirements:

• IMC version 5.1 is already installed and deployed on your network.

• APM can be installed normally in any one of the following environments:

Windows + SQL Server

Windows + MySQL

Linux + MySQL

Linux + Oracle

2

• A connection to a supported database is available for the APM deployment.

The APM installation procedures are similar with other IMC modules, for more information, see IMC Installation Guide.

NOTE:

Monitoring applications via WMI is available when the APM is installed in the Windows + SQL Server or Windows + MySQL environment.

APM network planning APM can be used in various scenarios, and the most classic one is monitor the applications in a data center as Figure 2 shown. Furthermore, APM is applicable to be deployed in any management network which allows to access to any applications.

Figure 2 An classic APM network architecture

Application classes management Along with the internet technology developing, more and more applications come out, and each one has its own monitor mode. The applications we talked about involve operating system, database, service, and file system. According to different applications, APM provides you corresponding monitor solutions as shown in the Table 1.

APM collects the application index continually, and then come to a graphic application report. More details about the application monitor modes and related index will be introduced in the coming chapters.

Table 1 Available applications

Type Name Details

Windows Server

Monitor Windows XP Windows XP

3

Type Name Details

Windows

Server

Windows Server 2003/2008

Unix Server Monitor AIX

AIX 5.4 and higher version

Solaris Solaris 5.10 and higher version

FreeBSD FreeBSD 8.2 and higher version

Mac OS Mac OS X Server 10.1.5 and higher

version

OpenBSD OpenBSD 4.6 and higher version

HP-UX HP-UX 11.00 and higher version。

Linux Server Monitor Linux

Ubuntu

Redhat

SUSE

Cent OS and so on

Database Server

Monitor SQL Server SQL Server 2000/2005/2008

MySQL MySQL 5.x

Oracle Oracle 8.x/9i/10g/11g

Application Server

Monitor .NET Server All version

JBoss Server JBoss 4.x/5.0.1

Tomcat Server Tomcat 5.x/6.x/7.0

Web Server Monitor Apache Server

Apache 2.x

IIS Server IIS 6.0 and higher version

4

Type Name Details

Mail Server Monitor Exchange 2003

Exchange 2003

Exchange 2007 Exchange 2007

Web Service

Monitor REST Service n/a

SOAP Service n/a

LDAP Service

Monitor Active Directory Active directory deployed in the

Windows Server 2003/2008

File system Monitor FILE

n/a

Directory n/a

Service Monitor SNMP Service

n/a

APM communication management APM monitor the application by means of the following ways:

• SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) supported broadly by the operating system and network device. APM collects the host monitor index through the SNMP Agent which is deployed in the host. The default SNMP Agent listening port is 161, and it cannot be modified in most cases.

• CLI

APM supports you to visit the host by Telnet or SSH, and collect target monitor index with command lines. To Telnet, the default listening port is 23, and to SSH, it is 22. Basically, CLI is used to monitor the UNIX and Linux system.

• WMI

Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) is a core management technology of Windows. APM collects Windows operating system and applications monitor index by WMI. The default listening port is 135. Emphatically, APM is available to monitor applications through WMI, when it is installed in the Windows + SQL Server and the Windows + MySQL.

• JMX

Java Management Extensions provides a platform for managing applications, devices and systems. APM collects Tomcat and JBoss monitor index by JMX. The default listening port is 1009, and it can be modified by operators.

5

• Service port

APM can collect the monitor index by the applications service port, such as SQL Server-1433, MySQL-3306 and Oracle-1521. APM is able to get monitor index from those applications through their service ports. Also, it is applicable to operators to modify the service ports.

APM monitor features APM provide operators the following functions to monitor the applications:

• Application monitor

• Application group

• Threshold and Port configuration

• Widget management

Application monitor management APM gets monitor results by application monitor function, and then come to the different views according to what you need.

• Application Monitor

According to different applications, application monitor provides several different templates which composed by a set of corresponding parameters and configurations. With such a specific template, APM collects monitor data and analyze them, it plays a basic part of host monitor, class monitor and custom monitor.

• Host Monitor

Host monitor is used to analyze and assess the availability and healthy status of the host on which the applications run. It includes host overview and list two display patterns.

• Class Monitor

Class monitor is used to display the health status for each application class, which is predefined by the IMC system. The health status of applications depends on the worst health status of the application group.

• Custom Monitor

Custom monitor allows you to add more different applications to the monitor index into one view. It is convenient when you are analyzing the services performance.

For more information, see "Custom monitor."

6

Application group management APM divides applications into several groups according to the different authorities of user. A new adding application cannot be added into any group automatically, which means any users such as administrators, maintainers, or even viewers is applicable to check its application monitor report. So be sure to add the applications into groups to make the authority more clear.

For more information, see "Application group management."

Threshold and Port configuration management APM provides you threshold and port configuration management function to manage the alarm activated conditions and service listening port.

• Threshold Configuration

APM provides you threshold configuration for monitoring the application indexes. Once the indexes value meets the threshold, it will trigger a related alarm. The threshold is divided into two types: global threshold and user defined. You can configure the global threshold in the Threshold Configuration, and configure the custom threshold in the application monitor report.

• Port Configuration

Listening port makes applications collecting monitor data, each one application may listen to some ports. APM manage and monitor the status of the applications through the listening ports. It is applicable to APM to find a new application automatically by scanning the listening ports of the host. But if you add a new application manually, the administrator needs to specify the listening port for the application in the APM.

For more information, see “Threshold and Port Configuration.”

APM Widget management APM provides Widget function to facilitate administrator use, it including the following two types:

• Application Monitor

Monitor application’s availability and health status.

• Host Monitor

Monitor application host’s availability and health status.

For more information, see “Widget management.”

7

2 Quick start

This section provides instructions on how to monitor applications and view the monitoring report for administrators that use the APM service module for the first time, or want to add the application monitors in batches.

Prerequisites To monitor an application in APM, you first need to complete the following operations:

1. Obtain information related to the target application, including application type, host IP address of the application, and administrators that manage the application.

2. Add the host on which the target application resides to the IMC base platform. To do this, you need to obtain the following information:

• SNMP community string

• Telnet user name and password

• SSH user name and password

NOTE:

APM can only monitor applications running on the hosts that are added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

3. If the type of the target application is JBoss Server, Tomcat Server, or Apache Server, configure the following servers for monitoring the related applications:

• Configure JBoss server

• Configure Tomcat server

• Configure Apache server

IMPORTANT:

To manage applications in APM, you must have the administrator authority of the host where the target applications reside.

Application monitor configuration APM provides the application monitor function that helps administrators comprehensively understand the performance of applications, including availability, health status, and other specified performance indexes. In addition, it provides the ability to identify the root cause for the unhealthy applications.

8

Two ways to add an application monitor are:

• Adding an application monitor via auto-discovery

• Adding an application monitor manually

Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery With the auto-discovery function, APM can automatically detect the applications running on the target hosts through the host listening ports, and display the detected application list for you to select the applications to be monitored.

HP recommends that you use this function when adding application monitors in batches.

NOTE:

APM can only detect the application running on the hosts that are added to the IMC base platform.

To add application monitors automatically:

1. Click Resource > Application Management.

2. In the navigation tree, click Auto Discovery.

3. Click Add to open the Select Devices dialog box.

4. In the Select Devices dialog box, select the By View tab or the Advanced tab to locate the target hosts.

To locate hosts using the By View tab:

a. Click the selection arrow to the left of the device folder to open the device list. The three available device lists appear: IP View, Device View, and Custom View.

b. Click the Device Group, IP, or Custom Group.

The devices listed in that group display in the Devices Found List.

To locate the device using the Advanced tab:

a. Click the Advanced Tab.

b. Complete the following fields, and then click Query.

Device IP—Input the IP address with IPv4 format you want to query for. If you select Exact Query check box, you must input the exact IP address of the device you search for. If the Exact Query check box is not selected, the APM supports fuzzy matching for this field.

Exact Query—Click the Exact Query checkbox if you want APM to search for the exact IP address you input.

Device Label—Input a partial or complete name for the device(s) you want to add.

Device Status—Select device status from the Device Status dropdown list.

Device Category—Select a device type from the Device Category dropdown list.

Device Series—Select a device series from the Device Series dropdown list.

Contact—Input the full or partial name of the contact you want to search for.

9

Location—Input the location information you want to search for.

Device Reachability—Select device reachability status from the Device Reachability dropdown list.

The resulting devices display in the Devices Found list.

5. After the devices appear in the Devices Found box, highlight and click the appropriate hosts.

6. Use the Add Selection icon to add the hosts to the Selected Devices box. If you want to

remove a selected device, highlight the device and click the Remove Selected icon .

To add all the hosts in the Devices Found box to the Selected Devices box, click the Add All

Selections icon . To remove all the selected devices, click the Remove All Selected icon .

7. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to continue adding hosts to the Selected Devices box.

8. Once all of the hosts have been added to the Selected Devices lower operation box, click OK.

All the selected hosts are displayed in the Host List.

NOTE:

To delete a selected host, click the delete icon of the corresponding host record.

9. Click Start on the Auto-discovery page, APM starts detecting the applications running on the selected hosts, and displays the detection result in the Result list.

It may take long time if APM detects multiple target hosts. During the application detection, click End to finish the automatic detection.

10. Select the application you want to monitor, and then click Add to monitor to open the adding application page.

11. Specify the corresponding parameters of the application you want to monitor, and then click OK.

To monitor different types of applications, you need to specify different parameters. For more information, see “Adding monitors for various types of applications.”

Adding an application monitor manually The auto-discovery function identifies the application types according to the ports used by the applications. But in the practical deployment environment, the same type of applications may use different ports, which cause APM cannot identify the application type via auto-discovery. In this scenario, you can add the application monitor manually. Manual adding an application monitor is an alternative solution for monitoring the applications that cannot be detected via the auto-discovery, such as applications of REST service, SOAP service, file monitor, directory monitor, and SNMP monitor.

HP recommends that you firstly add application monitors using the auto-discovery function, and then manually add the application monitors which cannot be detected automatically when adding application monitors in batches.

10

To add an application monitor manually:


2. In the navigation tree, click Add Application.

3. In the Add Application page, click the icon of the target application type to open the corresponding adding application page.

4. Specify the corresponding parameters of the application you want to monitor, and then click OK.

To monitor different types of applications, you need to specify different parameters. For more information, see “Adding monitors for various types of applications.”

Adding monitors for various types of applications APM provides the ability to monitor various types of applications, which have different features, monitoring modes, and performance indexes. To monitor the different types of applications, you need to configure different parameters. Table1 lists all application types and the corresponding configurations.

Table 2 Application types

Type Operation

Windows XP

Windows Server

AIX Configuring AIX monitor

Solaris Configuring Solaris monitor

FreeBSD Configuring FreeBSD monitor

Mac OS Configuring Mac OS monitor

OpenBSD Configuring OpenBSD monitor

HP-UX Configuring HP-UX monitor

Linux

SQL Server

MySQL

Oracle

.NET Server

JBoss Server

Tomcat Server

Apache Server

IIS Server

11

Type Operation

Exchange 2003

Exchange 2007

REST Service

SOAP Service

Active Directory

File Monitor

Directory Monitor

SNMP Monitor

Viewing monitoring report After adding an application monitor to the monitoring list, APM start collecting and analyzing the monitored indexes of the application, and displays all index data and performance evaluation result in a monitoring report. APM provide you with the ability to view the monitoring report in real time, as well as identify the root cause for the unhealthy applications.

To view the monitoring report:


2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor.

All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page.

3. Click the name of the application of which you want to view monitoring report, the real-time report of the selected application displays.

In addition to the monitored indexes, you can view the following information about the monitored application:

• Management status—Indicate whether the target application is managed by APM, which including:

Managed—Indicate APM is monitoring the application, and collecting the monitored indexes for the application. It is the default management state of applications, and administrator can stop managing a specified application, which changes the management state to be unmanaged.

Unmanaged—Indicate APM stops collecting the monitored indexes for the application.

• Availability—Indicate the status of the connection between the target application and APM, which including:

Available—Indicate APM can connect with the target application, and collects the specified monitored indexes.

Inaccessible—Indicate APM can connect with the target application, but cannot collect a specified monitored index. This status can trigger a critical alarm.

12

Unavailable—Indicate APM cannot connect with the target application, which can trigger a critical alarm.

Unmanaged—Indicate the target application is not monitored by APM. If the management state is Unmanaged, the availability of the application turns to be unmanaged.

NOTE:

You can view the current availability of an application in the Application Monitor list. After you click the name of the application to open the monitoring report, you can view the statistics of the application availabilities.

• Health status—Indicates the evaluation result of the target application, which including:

Healthy—Indicates the applications is available, and APM can collect all indexes that does not meet the condition of Layer-1 threshold.

Minor—Indicates the applications is available, but APM cannot collect partial monitored indexes. This health status can trigger a minor alarm.

Major—Indicates the applications is available, and the monitored indexes collected by APM meet the condition of Layer-1 threshold. This health status can trigger a major alarm.

Critical—Indicates the applications is unavailable, or the application is available, and the monitored indexes collected by APM meet the condition of Layer-2 threshold. This health status can trigger a critical alarm.

Unknown—Indicates the application is inaccessible or unmanaged.

Table 3 shows the relationship between the management state, availability, and health status.

Table 3 Relationship between management state, availability, and health status

Management State Availability Health status

Managed Available Healthy

Minor

Major or Critical

Unavailable Critical

Inaccessible Unknown

Unmanaged Unmanaged Unknown

NOTE:

You can view the alarms on the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

The monitoring report displays different monitored indexes and statistics for the different types of applications. Table 4 lists all application types and the corresponding reports.

13

Table 4 Monitoring report introduction

Type Monitoring report

Windows XP

Windows Server

AIX Viewing AIX monitoring report

Solaris Viewing Solaris monitoring report

FreeBSD Viewing FreeBSD monitoring report

Mac OS Viewing Mac OS monitoring report

OpenBSD Viewing OpenBSD monitoring report

HP-UX Viewing HP-UX monitoring report

Linux

SQL Server

MySQL

Oracle

.NET Server

JBoss Server

Tomcat Server

Apache Server

IIS Server

Exchange 2003

Exchange 2007

REST Service

SOAP Service

Active Directory

File Monitor

Directory Monitor

SNMP Monitor

Analyzing root cause of unhealthy applications APM provides you with the facility to analyze and identify the root cause of the unhealthy applications.

14

To analyze the root cause of unhealthy applications:

1. Click the Analyze icon in the monitoring report of a specified unhealthy application, as shown in Figure 3.

Figure 3 Monitoring report

2. In the Analyze page (Figure 4), click the related nodes to view the details, and identify the root cause of unhealthy state.

APM displays all related information as nodes, which including CPU, memory, disks, interfaces, and so forth. APM marks nodes in different colors according to health status of the corresponding nodes, as shown in Figure 4.

Figure 4 Root cause identifier

HP recommends that you analyze the information of nodes in yellow, orange and red to identify the potential root causes.

NOTE:

APM cannot provide the root cause analysis facility for the applications of which availability is unavailable, unreachable, or unmanaged. This is because APM cannot collect all monitored indexes for the applications of the mentioned availability.

15

3 Monitor management

Monitor management is an important feature in APM. The monitor is used to collect the performance indexes, health status, availability and so forth. The monitor management displays the analysis and statistics reports base on these data and information.

• Monitor

The monitor summarizes a group parameters and configurations, it collects the application indexes data to analysis the health status and the availability. Each application only has one monitor.

• Host monitor

Host monitor focuses on the availability and the health status.

• Class monitor

Class monitor focuses on the health status of each application type.

• Custom monitor

Custom monitor focuses on the performance and health status of the whole service.

Application monitor All the monitors in APM are defined as application monitors. APM provides the ability to query, add, modify, and delete the application monitors, as well as the ability to customize an application monitor list, manage/unmanaged an application monitor, and start polling the application monitors.

Viewing an application monitor list To view an application monitor list:

1. Select Resource tab.

2. In the navigation tree, click Application Management >Application Monitor. The application monitor list displays.

To view the content of the application monitor list:

You can customize the columns shown in the application monitor list. More information on how to customize the application monitor list, see "Customizing a monitor list." The columns you can customize in the application monitor list are:

• Name-Specify the name of the application monitors. Click the link of the different application monitor names to view the different monitor reports.

• Application Type-Specify the type of the application system, such as ISS server. Click the link of the application type to filter other types of applications. For more information, see Table 1.

• Host- Specify the IP address of the host that the monitor application resides.

• Availability—Specify the availability of the application for the last poll query, includes :

Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible and Unmanaged. Put the mouse on the icon of availability to view the application availability for last hour, different colors stand for different status of the availability.

16

• Health Status—Specify the health statuss of the applications for the last polling query, includes:

Health, Minor, Major, Critical and Unknown. Put the mouse on the icon of health status to view the application health status in last hour, different colors stand for the different health status.

• Manage Status-Specify the application management status, include Managed and Unmanaged.

• Contact -Specify the contact information of the application administrator.

• Modify-Click the Modify icon to modify the parameters of the application monitor.

• Delete-Click the Delete icon to delete an application monitor.

3. Click Refresh icon, the application monitor view list will be refresh.

Navigating the User List:

• Click the Previous Page icon to page backward in the Application Monitor list.

• Click the Next Page icon to page forward in the Application Monitor list.

• Click the First Page icon to page forward to the end of the Application Monitor list.

• Click the Last Page icon to page backward to the front of the Application Monitor list.

• Click 8, 15, 50, 100, or 200 at the upper right of the User List to configure how many items per page you want to display.

NOTE: You can rank the application monitor by name, application types; click the list labels to do this operation.

Customizing a monitor list To customize a monitor list:

1. Click Resource tab.

2. In the navigation, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. You can view the Application Monitor list.

3. Click Custom page button, you can view Custom Display List window. The customize columns include:

Name（Default）

Type of application（Default）

Host

Available （Default）

Health status（Default）

Management status（Default）

Contact

4. Select the column which displays in the application monitor list.

17

5. Click the shift up/shift down icon / to modify the rank of the columns in the application monitor list.

6. Click OK to complete the process.

7. Click Reset button to reset the value as default value.

Querying an application monitor To query an application monitor:

1. Click Resource Tab.

2. In the navigation tree, click Application management>Application monitor in the menu. You can view Application monitor list.

3. Put the mouse on the Query in the Application monitor list, the query window pops up.

4. Input the query condition:

Name—Specify the application name. This query condition supports fuzzy query.

Application Type- Select the type options from the dropdown list.

Availability-Select the available options from the dropdown list.

Health status- Select the health status options from the Dropdown list.

5. Click Query button, the application monitor can be filtered according to the query conditions. Click Reset button, all of the query conditions are removed and all the application monitors display.

Click the application type link to display the corresponding type of application monitors. Click Reset button to display the completed list.

Adding an application monitor The operator can add application monitor from the Application Monitor list manually, or do the auto recover to add the application monitor. You can only add one application monitor once in the application monitor list. If you want to add more than one application monitor once, please use the auto discover function. This chapter introduces to add application monitor from application monitor list.

To add an application monitor:

1. Click Resource page.

2. In the navigation tree, select Application management > Application monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list.

3. Click the button Add, then click the name of the application types to enter Add Application>Application Type page.

4. Configure the parameter for the application monitor.

You need to configure the different parameters for the different types of application monitors.

A list of application monitors is shown in Table 5.

Table 5 Adding application monitor

Application type Adding application monitor Windows XP Adding Windows XP application monitor

18

Application type Adding application monitor Windows server Adding Windows Server application monitor AIX Adding AIX application monitor Solaris Adding Solaris application monitor FreeBSD Adding FreeBSD application monitor Mac OS Adding Mac OS application monitor OpenBSD Adding OpenBSD application monitor HP-UX Adding HP-UX application monitor Linux Adding Linux application monitor SQL Server Adding SQL Server application monitor MySQL Adding MySQL application monitor Oracle Adding Oracle application monitor .NET server Adding .NET application monitor JBoss server Adding JBoss application monitor Tomcat server Adding Tomcat application monitor Apache server Adding Apache application monitor IIS server Adding IIS application monitor Exchange 2003 Adding Exchange 2003 application monitor Exchange 2007 Adding Exchange 2007 application monitor REST server Adding REST service application monitor SOAP server Adding SOAP service application monitor Active Directory server Adding Active Directory service application

monitor Files Adding files application application monitor Contents Adding contents application monitor SNMP server Adding SNMP service application monitor

5. Click OK.

Editing an application monitor To edit an application monitor:


2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list.

Click the modify icon in application management, enter Modify Application >Application Type page.

3. Modify the configuration parameters of the application monitor.

19

4. Click OK button.

Different types of the application monitors match different parameters, for more information see Table 5. Please note that you cannot modify the type of the application monitor and the IP address.

Deleting monitoring application The application monitor which used by the custom monitor is not allowed to be deleted. When the application monitor is deleted, all of the application monitor index data is cleared.

To delete application monitor


2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. You can see the Application Monitor list.

3. Click the delete icon to delete the application monitor.

4. Click OK button to confirm the application monitor which need to be deleted.

Management an application monitor Management Status is to specify whether the target application is managed by APM, which including:

• Managed—Indicate APM is monitoring the application, and collecting the performance indexes for the application. It is the default management status of applications, and administrator can stop managing a specified application, which changes the management status to be unmanaged.

• Unmanaged- Indicate APM stops collecting the performance indexes for the application.

For the new added application monitor, the default status is Manage; the operator can turn it into Unmanaged status manually. Start polling cannot change the management status of the application.

To do Manage/Unmanaged operation:


2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. You can see the Application Monitor list.

3. Tick the checkbox to select the application monitor which needs to be Managed/ Unmanaged.

4. If you want to cancel the management of the application monitor, click Unmanaged icon. If you want to manage the application monitor, please click Manage icon.

Start Polling In the Manage status, the application monitor will collect the application monitor index data when it meets the start polling time; In the Unmanaged status, the application monitor will not collect the application monitor index data when it meets the interval polling time. The start polling function can order APM to collect the application monitor index once, no matter the management status is “Manage” or “Unmanaged”.

To start Polling:

20


2. In the navigation, select Application Management >Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list.

3. Tick the checkbox to select the application monitor to do the start polling operation.

4. Click the Start Polling button, the monitor collects the application monitor index data.

Host monitor Host monitor includes Host mode and List mode; it mainly focuses on the availability and the health status of the host.

Viewing a host monitor in the host mode To view a host monitor in the host mode.


2. In the navigation tree, select the menu options Application Management>Host Monitor. You can click Host and List tab to make a conversion from the Host Monitor list and the Host monitor list. The default page displays host overview information.

3. The host monitor is shown as Figure 5.

Figure 5 Host monitor overview

The host page displays all of the applications in every host. Different colors stand for the different health status. The availability stands for the availability status. More information on availability and health status, please see management status, availability and health status.

4. Click the host name or IP to view the host detail information. More information on host, please see the Resource Management in IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide.

5. Click the application name link to view the corresponding application monitor report. More information on the all types of application monitor report, see the reference link in Table 5.

Viewing a host monitor in the list mode To view a host monitor in the list mode.


2. In the navigation tree, select Application management>Host monitor in the menu. Click Host and List to view the host monitor overview and host monitor list. The default displays the host monitor overview.

3. Click Host tab turn to the host mode.

21

4. Figure 6 is shown as host mode.

Figure 6 Host monitor list

The content of host monitor list is as follows:

Host—Indicates the equipment label of the host machine. Click the equipment label to view the specific information of the host machine. More information on the equipment, please refer to the Resource Management in IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide.

Operation System—Indicates the operation system used in the host machine.

Availability —Specify the status of the connection between the target application and APM.

Heath Status—Specify the evaluation result of the target application.

Application Monitor—Click the Application icon to view the corresponding application monitor report.

5. Click Refresh to renew the host monitor list.

Class monitor Class monitor mainly focuses on the health status. The application type is pre-defined in APM, every application type can include more than one application, and the health status of the application depends on the worst health status.

Viewing a class monitor To view a class monitor:


2. In the navigation tree, select Application management>Class monitor in the menu. You can see the class monitor, shown as Figure 7.

22

Figure 7 Class monitor

• The different background colors stand for the health status of the application types. The health status depends on the worst health status.

• <Application Type Name>[N/M]，N is the application number in health status, M is the number of all the applications. Click the application type name to view the types of the application monitor. Put mouse on the application type name, you can the detail of the health status, for example, Healthy: 1, Critical: 0, Major: 0, Minor: 0,--:0.

• <Application Class Name>[N/M]，N is the application number of the Health status, M is the number of all the application. Click the application type name to view the types of the application monitor.

APM supplies the Start Polling, Manage/Unmanage and other functions. More information on these functions, please see monitor management.

Custom monitor The operator can view, add, modify, delete the custom monitors and view the custom monitor report. The custom monitor can put more than one key index into one custom page to supply the support for the whole service performance and health status.

Viewing a custom monitors list To view a custom monitors list, following the steps:


2. In the navigation, select Application management >Custom monitor in the menu. You can view the entire custom monitor in the page.

The content of the custom monitors list is as follows:

23

• Name—Specify the custom monitor name.

• Description—specify the detail of the custom monitors.

• View-Click the view icon to view the custom monitors reports.

• Modify-Click the modify icon to modify the custom monitors.

• Delete-Click the delete icon to delete the custom monitors.

3. Click Fresh button to update the content of the custom monitor list.

Viewing custom monitor details To view the custom monitor details:


2. In the navigation tree, click Application custom>Custom view. The page displays all the custom views.

3. Click the custom view name to view the custom monitor specific details.

The content of the custom monitors details are as follows:

• Name-Indicate the name of the custom monitor.

• Description-Indicate the description of the custom monitor

• Application Index List

This list displays the entire application monitor index in the custom monitor.

Application index list—Indicate the application index name used by custom monitor.

Name—Indicate the application name of the application index.

Application type—Indicate the application type accordant with the application index.

Click Back button to return to the custom view page.

Adding a custom monitor To add custom monitors:


2. In the navigation, click Application management >Custom monitor in the menu. The page displays all the custom monitors.

3. Click Add button, enter into the Add custom view page.

4. Input the information as follows:

Name-Input the custom monitor name.

Description-Input the custom monitors description information. The specific information is helpful for the operator to manage and maintain.

Click the Add button in the application monitor index, the “Select Application Index” dialog pops up.

a. Click the Unfold/Fold icon / to extend or fold the application type/ application monitor index. One application type could contain one or more applications under this type.

24

b. Select the Application Index for the custom monitor.

c. Click OK button, the index which is selected in the last step will display in the application index list.

5. Click the Move up/ Move down icon / to change the arrangement of the monitor indexes which display in the custom report. The index which is in the front row in the application index list, will display in the front row in the custom report.

6. Click OK button.

Modifying a custom monitor To modify custom monitors:


2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Custom Monitor in the menu. You can see all of the custom monitors in the page.

3. Click the modify icon to enter the Modifying Custom monitors page.

4. To modify the following information:

Name—The name of the custom monitor cannot be changed.

Description—You can use to modify the description information for the custom monitor. The specific details are helpful for the operator to maintain and manage the system.

5. Click the Add button in the application index list, the dialogue box Select Application Index pops up.

a. Click the Unfold/Fold icon / to extend or fold the application type/ application monitor index. One application type could contain one or more applications under this type.

b. Select the Application Index for the custom monitor.

c. Click OK button, the index which is selected in the last step will display in the application index list.

6. Click the Delete icon in the application index list, confirm it and delete the application index.

7. Click the Move up/ Move down icon / to change the arrangement of the monitor index which displays in the custom report. The index which is in the front row in the application index list, will display in the front row in the custom report.

8. Click OK button.

Deleting a custom monitor When you are doing the operation of deleting the custom monitor, the application monitor indices and data cannot be deleted; you can view the application monitor indices and data through the monitor reports.

To delete the custom monitor:


2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Custom Monitor in the menu. You can see all of the custom monitors.

3. Click the delete icon to delete the custom monitor.

25

4. Click OK to confirm this operation.

Viewing a custom monitor report To view a custom monitor report:


2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Custom Monitor in the menu. You can see all of the custom monitors.

3. Click the report icon to view the custom monitor reports.

The custom monitor reports display the different content with the different monitor indexes. The recommend information for each monitor index is contained in the corresponding application monitor report. For the content of all types of application monitor reports, see the application monitor reports link in Table 6.

Table 6 Application monitor reports

Application type Application monitor reports Windows XP Windows XP Application monitor report Windows server Windows Server Application monitor report AIX AIX Application monitor report Solaris Solaris Application monitor report FreeBSD FreeBSD Application monitor report Mac OS Mac OS Application monitor report OpenBSD Open BSD Application monitor report HP-UX HP-UX Application monitor report Linux Linux Application monitor report SQL Server SQL Server Application monitor report MySQL MySQL Application monitor report Oracle Oracle Application monitor report .NET server .NET Application monitor report JBoss server JBoss Application monitor report Tomcat server Tomcat Application monitor report Apache server Apache Application monitor report IIS server IIS Application monitor report Exchange 2003 Exchange 2003 Application monitor report Exchange 2007 Exchange 2007 Application monitor report REST server REST server Application monitor report SOAP server SOAP server Application monitor report Active Directory server Active Directory server application monitor report File File application monitor report Content Content application monitor report

26

Application type Application monitor reports SNMP server SNMP Service application monitor report

Note: The monitor index can set the threshold value; this threshold value is as same as the value in the application monitor report. If you modify the threshold value in the custom monitor report, the threshold value in the application monitor report will also be changed. More information on threshold value setting, please see the threshold value management.

27

4 Application group

Application group function is convenient for the operator to manage and monitor the health status and availability of different applications. Besides, the applications are available to be grouped by different authority. Each operator group has a specific authorization to view the application monitor report. A new adding application belongs to “Ungrouped”, which can be accessed by any operator.

Application group management You can add four hierarchy subgroups under a parent group, and there is no inheritance relationship between them. This chapter introduces you how to view, add, modify and delete application group.

Viewing application group list You can view all application groups in the Application Group List.

To view the application group list:

1. Click Resource>Application Management.

2. In the navigation tree, click Application Group.

3. Viewing the following information:

• Name—Specify a name for the application. Click the specific group name to open the group details page.

• Availability— Display the availability of the application group. It is depended on the application group including subgroup which has the worst availability performance.

• Health Status—Display the health status of the application group. It is depended on the application group including subgroup which has the worst health status.

• Modify—Click the modify icon to modify the application group.

• Delete—Click the delete icon to delete the application group.

To flip the application list:

• Click the previous icon to page up.

• Click the next icon to page down.

• Click the go to the first page icon to go to the first page.

• Click the go to the last page icon to go to the last page.

Click the figure 8，15，50，100，200 in the right top corner to configure how many items will be displayed in per page.

4. Click Refresh to refresh the application group list.

5. Click Name, Availability, and Health Status to resort the application groups according to their name, availability, and health status.

28

NOTE: Ungroup is predefined by the APM system, it cannot be modified, deleted or added a subgroup. A new application is added into “Ungrouped” automatically, any user is applicable to check its monitor report. So if you want to keep some application monitor reports secret, please move the application to the corresponding group manually.

Viewing the group details To view the group details:


2. In the navigation tree, click Application Group, and then all groups is listed.

3. Click the target group name, the View Details page opens.

• Name—Displays a name for the application group.

• Description—Describe the application group.

• Operator Group—Displays which monitor report is available to the operator group.

• Applications—Displays all applications which belong to the group.

• Parent Group—Displays the application group's parent group. Every application group can only belong to one parent group.

4. Click Back to go back to the application group list page.

Only the operator group name displays in the operator group text box, for more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide.

Adding a application group To add a new application group/subgroup:



3. Click Add to open the Add page.

4. Specify the application group name, and make sure the name is uniqueness.

5. Describe the application group details in the Description box.

6. Select the operator groups who are applicable to view this application monitor report.

a. Click Add to open the Select Operator Group page.

b. Or select an operator and click Delete to move an operator group.

c. Click OK.

7. Add applications to the group.

a. Click Add to open the Select Application page.

b. Or select an application and click Delete to move an application.

c. Click OK.

8. Select a parent group for this application group in the Parent Group list. If there is no parent relationship exists, keep this item as blank.

29

9. Click OK.

Modifying the application group To modify the application group:



3. Click the modify icon to open the Modify page.

4. Specify a unique new name for the application group in the Name box.

5. Describe the application group in the Description box.

6. Select the operator groups who are applicable to view this application monitor report.

a. Click Add to open the Select Operator Group page.

b. Select one or more operator groups.

c. Or select an operator and click Delete to move an operator group.

d. Click OK.

7. Modify applications in the group.

a. Click Add to open the Select Application page.

b. Or select an application and click Delete to move an application.

c. Click OK.

8. Select a parent group for it in the Parent Group list. If there is no parent relationship exists, keep this item as blank.

9. Click OK.

Deleting the application group Be careful to do this action, because when an application group is deleted, the belonging subgroups will be deleted simultaneously. And the applications in this group will be put under ungrouped if they don’t belong to any other application group.

To delete the application group:



3. Select a target application group and click the delete icon to delete it.

4. Click OK.

30

5 Threshold and Port configuration

APM provides you some extra configuration management functions:

• Threshold Configuration—enables you set threshold conditions for the monitoring application indexes. If the collected indexes meet the threshold, system sends a corresponding alarm.

• Port Configuration—enables you set a default listening port for the application. Auto Discovery function scans the applications running in the host through the default listening port automatically.

Threshold Configuration Threshold configuration function enables you to set the threshold for each monitor index, which is different according to the application type. There are two level thresholds provided. When the index value meets them, IMC activate the related alarms. You can check the alarm details in the IMC alarm module.

There are two types of threshold:

• Global Threshold

Global threshold is used to set threshold for an application group. Because some similar applications in a group have the same monitor index, operator can configure the threshold value for them at one time. The default value is disabled.

• User defined Threshold

Custom threshold is used to monitor a signal application. You can set a custom threshold in the application monitor report or custom monitor. If a new adding application, it will use the globe threshold by default. Change it in the application monitor report or custom monitor if you need.

Viewing the global threshold list To view the global threshold list:


2. In the navigation tree, click Configuration Management.

3. Click Threshold Configuration to open the global threshold List.

See the exact meaning of every list title as below:

• Application Type—Displays the type name of the application.

• Index—Displays the specific name of the application.

• Threshold Condition—Displays the specific threshold condition, the available options are greater than or equal to and less than or equal to.

• Enable Level-1 Threshold—Displays whether or not enable the Level-1 threshold for the monitoring index.

31

• Level-1 Threshold—Displays the Level-1 threshold value of the monitor index.

• Enable Level-2 Threshold—Displays whether or not enable the Level-2 threshold for the monitor index.

• Level-2 Threshold—Displays the Level-2 threshold value of the monitor index.

• Modify—Modify the global threshold values.

To flip the global threshold list:

• Click the previous icon to page up.

• Click the next icon to page down.

• Click the go to the first page icon to go to the first page.

• Click the go to the last page icon to go to the last page.

Click the figure 8，15，50，100，200 in the right top corner to configure how many items will be displayed in per page.

4. Click Refresh to refresh the global threshold list.

5. Click Back to go back to the Configuration Management page.

NOTE: Click each table title of the list to resort the global threshold list accordingly.

Querying the global threshold To query the global threshold:




4. Put the mouse on Query, and then the query float box appears.

5. Select a target application type in the drop-down list. See the introduction of application types in the Table 1. Unlimited means query all applications.

6. Click Query to start the query procedure.

7. Click Cancel to quit the query procedure.

Modifying the global threshold To modify the global threshold:




4. Click the modify icon in the target monitor index row，and the global threshold modify page opens.

5. Modify the specific items as below:

32

Application Type—It is not applicable to be modified.

Index—It is not applicable to be modified.

Threshold Type—It is not applicable to be modified.

Threshold Condition—Specify the threshold condition, the available options are greater than or equal to and less than or equal to.

Unit—Specify the unit for the threshold, its value is depended on the monitor index type. Specially, some index does not have a unit, such as the physical thread count of .Net server.

Enable Level-1 Threshold—Enable or Disable the Level-1 threshold for the monitor index.

Threshold —Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate the related major alarm when the monitor index meets the threshold.


Threshold —Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate a related critical alarm when the monitor index meets the threshold.

6. Click OK.

Setting the custom threshold To configure the custom threshold:


2. There are two ways to set the custom threshold.

See the first one as below:

a. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the application monitor list.

b. Click the target application name to open the monitor details page.

c. Click the threshold setting icon to open the Threshold Setting page.

See the second way as below:

d. In the navigation tree, click Custom Monitor to open the custom monitor list.

e. Click the view icon to open the custom monitor report.

f. Click the threshold setting icon to open the Threshold Setting page.

NOTE:

If you set a threshold in the application monitor report page, the same threshold has been changed simultaneously in the custom monitor.

3. Select the threshold type. It has two available choices: User-defined and Global. The following conditions only can be modified when you select User-defined. The default value is Global.

4. Specify the custom threshold conditions:

Threshold Condition—Specify the threshold condition, the available options are greater than or equal to and less than or equal to. According to different index select the right one.

33

Unit—Specify the unit for the threshold, its value is depended on the monitor index type. Specially, some index does not have a unit, such as the physical thread count of .Net server.


Threshold —Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate the related major alarm when the monitor index meets the threshold.


Threshold —Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate a related critical alarm when the monitor index meets the threshold.

5. Click OK.

Port Configuration APM provides you a default monitor port for each application. With the monitor port, APM can find the applications automatically in the host. But, to those applications that don’t have a default port, operators should set the port value through Port Configuration.

The port we mentioned here is a monitor port but not a service port, it makes APM available to get monitor index from the applications. Table 7 lists the monitor ports predefined in the APM, some of them are the same one with the service port, such as SQL Server-1433，MySQL-3306，Oracle-1521，Apache-80.

Table 7 Application monitor port list

Application Type Monitor Mode Monitor Port Linux CLI

Get access to the remote operating system and obtain the monitor index value by using Telnet/SSH.

Telnet-23

SSH-22 Solaris

Mac OS

AIX

HP-UX

OpenBSD

FreeBSD

Exchange 2003 WMI

Get the monitor index value by using the Windows Management Instrume (WMI). It is applicable to be used when APM is installed in the Windows+SQL Server or Windows+MySQL.

WMI-135

Exchange 2007

Windows Server

Windows XP

.NET Server

Active Directory Service

IIS Server

Tomcat Server JMX

Get the monitor index value by using the Java Management Extensions.

JMX-1099

JBoss Server

SQL Server Service Port SQL Server-1433

34

Application Type Monitor Mode Monitor Port Oracle Get the monitor index value by the service port. Oracle-1521

MySQL MySQL-3306

Apache Apache-80

Viewing the application default port list To view the application default ports list:



3. Click Port Configuration to open the Default Configuration List.

See the exact meaning of every list title as below:

• Application Type—Displays the type name of the application.

• Port—Displays the listening port value.

• Modify—Modify the port value.

4. Click Refresh to refresh the application default port list.

5. Click Back to go back to the Configuration Management page.

Modifying the application default port list After you modify the application default port, Auto Discovery will use it to detect the applications in the host. Specially, this action will not take any effect on the applications which have been monitored already.

To modify the application default port:



3. Click Port Configuration to open the Default Configuration List.

4. Click the modify icon to open the Modify page.

5. Modify the following parameters for the port:

Application Type—Displays the type name of the application, it cannot be modified.

Port—Specify the listening port value.

6. Click OK.

35

6 Widget management

APM provides you custom the application monitor widget on the IMC home page and layout them by using the Widget Management. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide.

Application monitor widget Figure 8 shows the Application Monitor widget. In the widget, you can monitor the Availability and Health Status of applications directly, and open the application monitor report by clicking the application name.

Figure 8 Application monitor widget

The application monitor widget shows all applications status, and refreshes them in every 10 minutes by default. Operators have a choice to decide the refresh interval and display the specific applications by setting the display parameters.

Setting display parameters IMC provides you adding many widgets to monitor the applications according to application type, availability and health status.

To set the filter conditions:

1. Log on the IMC, and add an application monitor widget in the home page.

2. Move the mouse to the right top corner of the Application Monitor pane

3. Click the configuration icon .

4. Click Parameter Settings to open the Setting page.

5. Specify the following filtration parameters:

36

Name—Specify an application name.

Application Type—Select an application type in the drop-down list. The available options

are listed in the Table 1.

Availability—Select an availability in the drop-down list. The available options include

Unlimited, Available, Inaccessible, Unavailable, and Unmanaged.

Health Status—Select a health status in the drop-down list. The available options include

Unlimited, Healthy, Minor, Major and Critical.

6. Click Query to display the target applications.

7. Click Reset to display all applications.

Setting refresh interval To set the refresh interval for the application monitor widget:


2. Move the mouse to the right top corner of the Application Monitor pane.

3. Click the set icon .

4. Click Interval Settings to open the Setting page.

5. Select an interval in the drop-down list, the available options are No Refresh, 1, 5, 10, and

30. The unit is minute. If you select No Refresh, you have to click the refresh icon to

refresh the list manually.

6. Click OK.

Host monitor widget Figure 9 shows the Host Monitor widget. In the widget, you can monitor the Availability and Health Status of host directly, and open the operating system monitor report by clicking its name.

Figure 9 Host monitor widget

37

The host monitor widget will be refreshed in every 10 minutes by default. Operators can set the refresh interval for the target host.

Setting refresh interval To set the refresh interval for the host monitor widget:


2. Move the mouse to the right top corner of the Application Monitor pane.

3. Click the configuration icon .

4. Click Interval Settings to open the Setting page.

5. Select an interval in the drop-down list, the available options are No Refresh, 1, 5, 10, and

30. The unit is minute. If you select No Refresh, you have to click the refresh icon to

refresh the list manually.

6. Click OK.

38

7 Windows OS monitor

APM provides the Windows OS monitoring function that monitors the following:

• Windows XP

• Windows Server

Windows Server that can be monitored includes Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008.

This chapter describes how to add and modify Windows OS application monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports.

Windows XP Windows XP provides a base platform for a variety of desktop-oriented applications. To ensure service quality, performance and stability of Windows XP must be guaranteed. APM monitors and displays Windows XP data, from which operators can obtain the latest operation status of the concerned Windows XP hosts.

This chapter describes how to add and modify a Windows XP application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding a Windows XP application monitor APM can monitor Windows XP through WMI or SNMP. When you add a Windows XP application monitor, follow these guidelines:

• To monitor Windows XP that runs on a host through WMI, first enable and configure WMI for the target host (see the Microsoft Windows XP online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password.

• To monitor Windows XP that runs on a host through SNMP, first enable and configure SNMP for the target host (see the Microsoft Windows XP online help), and configure the SNMP parameters on the IMC Platform so that APM can obtain the SNMP community string of the host.

• Make sure the target host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

To add a Windows XP application monitor:

1. Click the Service tab.

2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways:

Select Application Management > Add Application from the navigation tree.

The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM.

Select Application Management > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page.

3. Click Windows XP of the Windows Server Monitor class.

The page for adding a Windows XP application monitor appears.

4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor:

39

Name—Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor.

Description—Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance.

IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the Windows XP operating system is installed in the Select Devices window.

Polling Interval (min)—Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance.

Monitor Type—Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include and SNMP and WMI.

Username—This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows XP administrator.

If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format.

If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username.

Password—This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator.

Contact—Enter the contact information, such as name, email address, and telephone number.

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows XP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.

Detect Application—Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection.

5. Click OK.

Modifying a Windows XP application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a Windows XP application monitor. If the IP address of the Windows XP host changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host.

To modify a Windows XP application monitor:

1. Click the Resource tab.

2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree.

The application monitor list page displays all application monitors.

3. Click the Modify icon for the Windows XP application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the Windows XP application monitor appears.

4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor:



40

IP Address—This field cannot be modified.

Polling Interval (min)—Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance.

Monitor Type—Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include SNMP and WMI.

Username—This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows XP administrator.





Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows XP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Windows XP and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the Windows XP application monitor report After you add a Windows XP application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Windows XP by viewing the monitor report.

To access the Windows XP application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of the Windows XP application monitor whose report you want to view.

The monitor report of Windows XP appears, as shown in Figure 10.

41

Figure 10 Part of a Windows XP application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named WindowsXp_192.168.20.204. The health status of the Windows XP application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon .

The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 11, which are described in the following sections.

Monitor Information

Figure 11 Monitor Information area layout

The Monitor Information area contains the following fields:

• Refresh icon —Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area.

• Name—Application monitor name.

• Health State—Health status of Windows XP.

• IP Address—IP address of the Windows XP host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Windows XP.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the Windows XP application.

• Relationship icon —Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between Windows XP and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarms—Latest five unrecovered alarms on Windows XP. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Windows XP.

42

Availability Today

The Availability Today area is shown in Figure 12.

Figure 12 Availability Today area layout

The Availability Today area contains the following fields:


• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Windows XP today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of Windows XP in the last polling period.

To view the availability of Windows XP in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of Windows XP in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today.

The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0.

CPU Usage Ratio

You can view the CPU usage in a dashboard or trend graph, as shown in Figure 13 and Figure 14.

43

Figure 13 CPU usage dashboard graph

Figure 14 CPU usage trend graph

The CPU Usage Ratio area contains the following fields:

• Dashboard icon /Trend icon —Click the Dashboard icon or Trend icon to display the area in a dashboard or trend graph.

CPU usage dashboard graph—Shows the transient CPU usage of Windows XP in the last polling period.

CPU usage trend graph—Shows the CPU usage trend of Windows XP over a specified time range in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage of Windows XP at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• Item/Usage Ratio—Monitor index name and data.

• CPU Usage Ratio—Transient CPU usage of Windows XP in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set the CPU usage alarm thresholds for Windows XP. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage trend

44

graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. For information about configuring alarm thresholds, see "xxx."

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend for Windows XP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view CPU usage ratios at the specific time point.

Memory Usage Ratio

You can view the memory usage in a dashboard or a trend graph, as shown in Figure 15 and Figure 16.

Figure 15 Memory usage dashboard graph

45

Figure 16 Memory usage trend graph

The Memory Usage Ratio area contains the following fields:


Memory usage dashboard graph—Shows the transient physical memory usage of Windows XP in the last polling period.

Memory usage trend graph—Shows the memory usage trend of Windows XP over a specified time range in a line graph. The green line represents the physical memory usage, and the orange line represents the virtual memory usage. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage of Windows XP at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• Item—Monitor index name.

Physical Memory—Physical memory usage on Windows XP.

Virtual Memory—Virtual memory usage on Windows XP.

• Total—Total physical or virtual memory capacity on Windows XP.

• In Use—Physical or virtual memory size in use on Windows XP.

History icon —Click the History icon to for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage trend for Windows XP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon

, Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point.

• Usage Ratio—Physical or virtual memory usage of Windows XP. The value is a percentage of the memory size in use to the total memory capacity.

46

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a monitor index to set alarm thresholds for the physical or virtual memory usage. The usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. For information about configuring alarm thresholds, see "xxx."

History icon —Click the History icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage ratio trend for Windows XP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon

, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point.

Ping Test

APM pings the Windows XP host at every polling interval. In a ping test, APM sends out an ICMP packet to the host, and sends at most three packets. If it receives a response, APM considers the ping test a success and records the response time. If it receives no response after sending out all ICMP packets, APM considers the ping test a failure. See Figure 17 for the Ping Test area layout.

Figure 17 Ping Test area layout

The Ping Test area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the ping response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• Response time trend graph—Shows changes of the ping response time over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot on the curve to view the ping response time at the specific time point.

• Attribute/Value—Monitor index name and data.

47

Response Time—Ping response time in the last ping test.

Packets Sent—Number of ICMP packets sent in the last ping test. The maximum value is 3.

Packets Received—Number of ICMP responses received by APM in the last ping test. The value can be 0 or 1.

History icon —Click the History icon for a monitor index to view trend statistics of the history response time, sent packets, or received packets in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view statistics of the monitor index at the specific time point.

Disk Usage Ratio

On Windows XP, each root disk must be assigned a unique letter to identify itself in the file system. The letter is known as the "drive letter." A root disk can be a physical disk, partition, or logical volume. Data is written to or read from the physical disk, partition, or logical volume identified by the drive letter. See Figure 18 for the Disk Usage Ratio area layout.

Figure 18 Disk Usage Ratio area layout

The Usage Ratio area contains the following fields:


• Disk usage ratio bar chart—Shows the space usage of each disk on Windows XP in the last polling interval in a bar chart. To view the usage ratio of a specific disk, place the cursor over the corresponding bar in the chart.

• Disk—Drive letter of the disk.

• Usage Ratio—Disk space usage.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a disk to set space usage alarm thresholds for it. The usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

48

History icon —Click the History icon for a disk to view statistics of the history space usage trend of the disk. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average disk space usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view disk space usage ratios at the specific time point.

• In Use—Used space of the disk.

• Free Space—Free space of the disk.

Network Interface

Figure 19 shows the Network Interface area layout.

Figure 19 Network Interface area layout

The Network Interface area contains the following fields:


• Name—Name of the network interface card (NIC). APM monitors both physical and virtual (or logical) network interface cards.

• Bandwidth—Maximum bandwidth of the NIC.

• Receive Rate—Receive rate of the NIC in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a NIC to set receive rate alarm thresholds for it. The receive rate is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for a NIC to view statistics of the history receive rate trend of it in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average interface receive rates. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view receive rates at the specific time point.

• Send Rate—Send rate of the NIC in the last polling period.

• Input Packet Loss—Number of inbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period.

• Output Packet Loss—Number of outbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period.

Process

By default, APM does not monitor any process, and the process list is empty. To monitor specific processes, click the Config icon on the upper right of the area, and select the processes you want

49

to monitor. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval. The Process area layout is shown in Figure 20.

Figure 20 Process area layout

The Process area contains the following fields:

• Config icon —Click the Config icon . APM quickly populates the Application Instance List with all detected processes running on Windows XP. Select the processes you want to monitor and click OK. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval.


• Process—Name of the process.

• Command—Command used to start the process.

• CPU Usage Ratio—CPU usage of the process in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a process to set CPU usage alarm thresholds for it. The CPU usage is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon

, This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratios at the specific time point.

• Memory Usage Ratio—Memory usage of the process in the last polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history memory usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratios at the specific time point.

50

Windows Server Windows Server represents a group of server operating systems. Windows Server provides a base platform for a variety of desktop-oriented applications. To ensure service quality, performance and stability of Windows Server must be guaranteed. APM monitors and displays Windows Server data, from which operators can obtain the latest operation status of the concerned Windows Server hosts.

Windows Server that can be monitored includes Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008.

This chapter describes how to add and modify a Windows Server application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding a Windows Server application monitor APM can monitor Windows Server through WMI or SNMP. When you add a Windows Server application monitor, follow these guidelines: • To monitor a Windows Server host through WMI, first enable and configure WMI for the host (see

the Microsoft Windows Server online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password.

• To monitor a Windows Server host through SNMP, first enable and configure SNMP for the host (see the Microsoft Windows Server online help), and configure the SNMP parameters on the IMC Platform so that APM can obtain the SNMP community string of the host.

• Make sure the target host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

To add a Windows Server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab.


Select Application Management > Add Application from the navigation tree.


Select Application Management > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page.

3. Click Windows Server of the Windows Server Monitor class.

The page for adding a Windows Server application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the Windows Server operating system is installed in the Select Devices window. For information about selecting a host, see "xxx."



51

Enable Event Logging—Enable or disable event logging. With this function enabled, APM collects Windows Server event logs recorded by the Windows Event Log service.

Username—This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host.





Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows Server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying a Windows Server application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a Windows Server application monitor. If the IP address of a Windows Server host changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host.

To modify a Windows Server application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the Windows Server application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the Windows Server application monitor appears.







Enable Event Logging—Enable or disable event logging. With this function enabled, APM collects Windows Server event logs recorded by the Windows Event Log service.

52

Username—This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host.





Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows Server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Window Server and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the Windows Server application monitor report After you add a Windows Server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Windows Server by viewing the monitor report.

To access the Windows Server application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of the Windows Server application monitor whose report you want to view.

The monitor report of Windows Server appears, as shown in Figure 21.

Figure 21 Part of a Windows Server application monitor report

53

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named WindowsServer_192.168.20.105. The health status of the Windows Server application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon .


Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of Windows Server.

• IP Address—IP address of the Windows Server host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Windows Server.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the Windows Server application.

• Relationship icon —Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between Windows Server and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarms—Latest five unrecovered alarms on Windows Server. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Windows Server.

Availability Today

The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 23.

54




• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Windows Server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of Windows Server in the last polling period.

To view the availability of Windows Server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages

of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of Windows Server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages

of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today.


CPU Usage Ratio

You can view the CPU usage in a dashboard or a trend graph, as shown in Figure 24 and Figure 25.

55

Figure 24 CPU usage dashboard graph

Figure 25 CPU usage trend graph



CPU usage dashboard graph—Shows the transient CPU usage of Windows Server in the last polling period.

CPU usage trend graph—Shows the CPU usage trend of Windows Server over a specified time range in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage of Windows Server at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• Item/Usage Ratio—Monitor index name and data.

CPU Usage Ratio—Transient CPU usage of Windows Server in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set the CPU usage alarm thresholds for Windows Server. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage

56

trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend for Windows Server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view CPU usage ratios at the specific time point.

Memory Usage Ratio

You can view the memory usage in a dashboard or a trend graph, as shown in Figure 26 and Figure 27.

Figure 26 Memory usage dashboard graph

57

Figure 27 Memory usage trend graph



Memory usage dashboard graph—Shows the transient physical memory usage of Windows Server in the last polling period.

Memory usage trend graph—Shows the memory usage trend of Windows Server over a specified time range in a line graph. The green line represents the physical memory and the orange line represents the virtual memory. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage of Windows Server at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year . Click the icon name of a monitor index to display or hide the monitor index in the trend graph.



Physical Memory—Physical memory usage on Windows Server.

Virtual Memory—Virtual memory usage on Windows Server.

• Total—Total physical or virtual memory capacity on Windows Server.

• In Use—Physical or virtual memory size in use on Windows Server.

History icon —Click the History icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage trend for Windows Server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point.

• Usage Ratio—Physical or virtual memory usage of Windows Server. The value is a percentage of the memory size in use to the total memory capacity.

58

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a monitor index to set alarm thresholds for the physical or virtual memory usage. The usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage ratios for Windows Server. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point.

Ping Test

APM pings the Windows Server host at every polling interval. In a ping test, APM sends out an ICMP packet to the host, and sends three at most. If it receives a response, it considers the ping test a success and records the response time. If it receives on response after sending out all ICMP packets, APM consider the ping test a failure. The Ping Test area layout is shown in Figure 28.





• Response time trend graph—Shows changes of the ping response time over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot on the curve to view the ping response time at the specific time point.


59

Response Time—Ping response time in the last ping test.

Packets Sent—Number of ICMP packets sent in the last ping test. The maximum value is 3.

Packets Received—Number of ICMP responses received by APM in the last ping test. The value can be 0 or 1.

History icon —Click the History icon to view trend statistics of the history response time in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon

, This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response time values at the specific time point.

Disk Usage Ratio

On Windows Server, each root disk must be assigned a unique letter identify itself in the file system. The letter is known as the "drive letter." A root disk can be a physical disk, partition, or logical volume. Data is written to or read from the physical disk, partition, or logical volume identified by the drive letter. The Disk Usage Ratio area layout is shown in Figure 29.

Figure 29 Disk Usage Ratio area layout

The Disk Usage Ratio area contains the following fields:


• Disk usage ratio bar chart—Shows the space usage of each disk on Windows Server in the last polling interval in a bar chart. To view the usage ratio of a specific disk, place the cursor over the corresponding bar in the chart.

• Disk—Drive letter of the disk.

• Usage Ratio—Disk space usage.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a disk to set space usage alarm thresholds for it. The usage ratio of the disk is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for a disk to view statistics of the history space usage trend of the disk. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week

60

icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average disk space usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view disk space usage ratios at the specific time point.

• In Use—Used space of the disk.

• Free Space—Free space of the disk.

Service

By default, APM does not monitor any service, and the service list is empty. To monitor specific services, click the Config icon on the upper right of the area, and select the services you want to monitor. APM starts to collect state information of the selected services in the next polling interval. The Service area layout is shown in Figure 30.

Figure 30 Service area layout

The Service area contains the following fields:

• Config icon —Click the Config icon . APM quickly populates the Application Instance List with all detected services running on the Windows Server host. Select the services you want to monitor and click OK. APM starts to collect state information about the selected services in the next polling interval.


• Service Name—Original name of the service.

• Display Name—Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the DHCP client service uses the alias DHCP Client Service rather than the original name Dhcp. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly.

• State—State of the service in the last polling interval.

Network Interface

The Network Interface area layout is shown in Figure 31.

61




• Name—Name of the network interface card (NIC). APM monitors both physical and virtual (or logical) network interface cards.

• Bandwidth—Maximum bandwidth of the NIC.

• Receive Rate—Receive rate of the NIC in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a NIC to set receive rate alarm thresholds for it. The receive rate of the NIC is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for a NIC to view statistics of the history receive rate trend for it in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average interface receive rates. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view receive rates at the specific time point.

• Send Rate—Send rate of the NIC in the last polling period.

• Input Packet Loss—Number of inbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period.

• Output Packet Loss—Number of outbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period.

Process

By default, APM does not monitor any process, and the process list is empty. To monitor specific processes, click the Config icon on the upper right of the area, and select the processes you want to monitor. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval. The Process area layout is shown in Figure 32.



62

• Config icon —Click the Config icon . APM quickly populates the Application Instance List with all detected processes running on Windows Server. Select the processes you want to monitor and click OK. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval.


• Process—Name of the process.

• Command—Command used to start the process.

• CPU Usage Ratio—CPU usage of the process in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon for a process to set CPU usage alarm thresholds for it. The CPU usage ratio of the process is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold for the process, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon

, This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratios at the specific time point.

• Memory Usage Ratio—Memory usage of the process in the last polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history memory usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratios at the specific time point.

Event

The Windows Event Log service records event logs generated by various modules in the operating system. To monitor Windows Server events in APM, make sure the Enable Event Logging option is selected for the Windows Server application monitor. The Event area displays up to 10 most recent events, as shown in Figure 33.

63

Figure 33 Event area layout

The Event area contains the following fields:


• Time—Time when the event occurred.

• Module—Module to which the event belongs.

• Event ID—ID of the event.

• Source—Source of the event.

• Type—Type of the event.

• Description—Description of the event.

• More—Click More to view all events generated on the Windows Server host in a separate window.

64

8 UNIX server monitor

This section introduces how to monitor a UNIX system and view the monitoring report. APM provides application monitor facility for the following types of UNIX system:

• AIX

• Solaris

• FreeBSD

• Mac OS

• OpenBSD

• HP-UX

AIX As a UNIX operation system, the AIX system can be installed on various types of IBM servers. The performance and stability of AIX greatly affect the performance of applications running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor AIX operation system.

APM can monitor the AIX 5.4 or latter version.

Configuring AIX monitor APM can monitor AIX operation system using CLI mode. Before starting AIX monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet:

• The AIX operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see AIX configuration guide.

• The host on which AIX resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• Monitoring the AIX via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the AIX host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the AIX system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which AIX resides.

Adding an AIX application monitor

To add an AIX application monitor:

1. Open the Add Application page.

Two ways to open the Add Application page:

• Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Add Application.

• Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Application Monitor, the Application Monitor list displays. Click Add to open the Add Application page.

2. Click the AIX icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-AIX page.

3. In the Add-AIX page, complete the following information:

65

• Name—Specify a name for the AIX monitor. The names of the AIX monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format: application name_host IP.

• Description—Input an introduction of the AIX monitor. A detailed description can help administrators with application management.

• IP Address—Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the AIX resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. For more information, see “Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery.”

• Polling Interval (min)—Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the AIX resides from the Polling Interval list. The options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30 minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes.

• Monitor Type—APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the AIX system. Leave the default setting as is.

• Contact—Input information of the contacts related to the AIX system, such as name, phone number, email address, and so forth.

• Related Applications—Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the AIX related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the AIX system in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications in the Operation System catalogues when you select the related applications for the AIX system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

• Detect Application—Click the check box of the Detect Application to detect the AIX system to be monitored when APM adds an AIX monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the AIX system and collect the monitored indexes before adding an AIX monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the AIX monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box.

4. Click OK to add an AIX monitor.

Modifying an AIX monitor

When you modify an AIX monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the AIX resides. Therefore, if the IP address of an AIX host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the AIX system.

To modify an AIX monitor:


2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page.

3. Click the Modify icon of the AIX monitor you want to modify. The Modify-AIX page appears.

4. Specify the parameters for the AIX monitor.

For more information, see “Adding an AIX application monitor.”

5. Click OK.

66

Viewing AIX monitoring report After adding an AIX monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related indexes of the monitored AIX system in the monitoring report.



2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor.


3. Click the name of an AIX monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored AIX system.

In the AIX monitoring report, you can perform the following operations:

To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy AIX:

Click the analysis icon on the top of the monitoring report to view the potential factors that cause the unhealthy state.

To refresh the AIX monitoring report:

Click the refresh icon on the top of the monitoring report.

To refresh each pane of the AIX monitoring report:

Click the refresh icon on the top of each pane to view the corresponding latest monitoring data.

An AIX monitoring report includes the following information:

• Monitor information

• Availability today

• CPU usage ratio

• Usage ratio

• Ping test

• System load

• File system usage ratio

• Network interface

• Error log

• Process

• I/O status

Monitor information

The Monitor Information pane is shown in Figure 34.

67

Figure 34 Monitor information

This pane contains the following information:

• Name—Indicate the name of the AIX monitor.

• Health status—Indicate the current health status of the monitored AIX.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of the host that the AIX resides.

• Application Type—Indicate the type of the monitored application.

• Last Polling Time—Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the AIX application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between AIX and the other applications.

If there are alarms that are generated by AIX and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information:

• Top5 unrecovered alarm—Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the AIX system. The alarm levels include:

Minor alarm—Highlighted in yellow.

Major alarm—Highlighted in orange.

Critical alarm—Highlighted in red.

Availability today

The Availability Today pane is shown in Figure 35.

68

Figure 35 Available today


• Pie chart of Availability—Display the percentage of each availability state. Move the pointer over each section of the pie chart to view the percentage of each availability state.

• Current Availability—Indicate the availability state of the AIX system when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

7-day History—Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the AIX in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored AIX system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state.

30-day History—Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the AIX in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored AIX. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state.

• Available Time—Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored AIX, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored AIX is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored AIX is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored AIX is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

NOTE:

The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added AIX monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the AIX monitor is added successfully.

CPU usage ratio

The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 36 and Figure 37.

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

69

Figure 36 AIX CPU usage ratio-Dial Plate

Figure 37 AIX CPU usage ratio trend diagram


• Dial Plate /Trend Diagram —Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram

icon to select a display mode of the AIX CPU usage ratio.

Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio—Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the AIX system when the last time APM polls the host that the AIX system resides.

Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend—Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the AIX system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the AIX system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the

specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon

, the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year

icon to select a time period.

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the AIX system.

Threshold setting—Click the Threshold Setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is

70

highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the AIX system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the AIX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system for the time being.

Memory Usage ratio

The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 38 and Figure 39.

Figure 38 Memory Usage ratio

Figure 39 Usage ratio trend

71



icon to select a display mode of the AIX Memory usage ratio.

Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio—Display the memory usage ratio of the AIX system when APM polls the host that AIX resides for the last time.

Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend—Display the memory usage ratio trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the AIX system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour

icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This week

icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Item—Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the AIX application monitor, including:

Physical Memory—Indicate the physical memory of the AIX system.

Swap—Indicate the swap memory of the AIX system

• Total—Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the AIX system.

• In Use—Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the AIX system. You can view the history record of the trend of the used memory capacity in a past time period.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the AIX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the AIX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity of the AIX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the AIX system for the time being.

• Usage Ratio—Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the AIX system.

Formula: Usage Ratio=In Use/Total * 100%

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The memory usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the memory usage ratio.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today,

72

yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the AIX system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the AIX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the AIX system for the time being.

Ping test

At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the AIX resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host.

The Ping Test pane is shown in Figure 40.

Figure 40 Ping test


• Curve graph of Ping test—Displays the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click

the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the

This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point.

• Attribute/Value—Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are:

Response Time—Indicate the response time of the latest Ping test.

Packets Sent—Indicate the number of ICMP packets that are sent by APM in the last Ping test. During a Ping test, APM can send up to three ICMP packets to the host.

Packets Received—Indicate the number of ICMP response that are received by APM during a Ping test. The number of the received response can be 0 or 1.

73

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being.

System load

APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored AIX in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the AIX system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU.

The System Load pane is shown in Figure 41.

Figure 41 System load


• Curve graph of system load—Display the trend of the AIX system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time

period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday

icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves of different colors displays the system load trends in different time intervals, which includes:

Green curve—Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/1 minute) in the past one hour.

Orange curve—Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/5 minutes) in the past hour.

74

Blue curve—Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/15 minutes) in the past hour.

Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point. Click the System Load/Min, System Load/5 Min, and System load/15 Min to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes.


System Load/Min—Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM starts polling the host.

System Load/5 Min—Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM starts polling the host.

System Load/15 Min—Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM starts polling the host.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being.

File system usage ratio

Being different from the Windows file system, the AIX file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory.

The File System Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 42.

75

Figure 42 File system usage ratio


• Bar graph of file system usage ratio—Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

• File System—Indicate the mount points of the AIX file system.

• Usage Ratio—Indicate the storage space usage ratio of the specified partition or logical volume.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored AIX system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being.

• In Use—Indicate the used storage space of the specified partition or logical volume.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the used storage space trend of the specified partition or logical volume in a past time period, which includes the last 1

76

hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used storage space index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used storage space index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index; if you select the time period This year, the used storage space index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used storage space for the time being.

• Free Space—Indicate the available storage space of the specified partition or logical volume.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the available storage space trend of the specified partition or logical volume in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the available storage space index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the available storage space index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the available storage space trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the available storage space index; if you select the time period This year, the available storage space index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the available storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the available storage space index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the available storage space for the time being.

Network interface

The Network Interface pane is shown in Figure 43.

Figure 43 Network interface


• Name—Indicate the network card identities of the AIX system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card).

• Receive Rate—Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of packet receiving rate for the monitored network card. The packet receiving rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last

77

1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being.

• Send Rate—Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

• Input Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

• Output Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

Error log

APM can check the AIX error logs when polling the AIX system, and displays the error logs in the AIX monitoring report. In the Error Log pane, you can view the latest 10 error logs.

The Error Log pane is shown in Figure 44.

Figure 44 Error log


• Time—Indicate the time when the error occurs.

• Log—Indicate the content of the error log.

• More—Click the link More to open a window to view more error logs in the AIX system.

Process

Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the

Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 45.

78

Figure 45 Process


• Configuration ( )—Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the AIX system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio.

• Process—Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect index data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID).

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process are highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and are highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to CPU usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being.

• Memory Usage Ratio—Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of

79

the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being.

I/O status

APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the AIX system, as shown in Figure 46.

Figure 46 I/O state


• Device Name—Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the AIX system.

• I/O Rate—Indicate the number of bits of the input/output data in the disk driver per second.

• IOs/Sec—Indicate the number of the transfer times in the disk driver per second. A transfer is an I/O request to the physical disk. Multiple logical requests can be integrated into a single I/O request. The size of the transferred data in each transfer is not fixed.

Solaris As a UNIX operation system, the Solaris system can be installed on the servers with x86 or SPARC processor. The performance and stability of Solaris greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor Solaris operation system.

APM can monitor the Solaris 5.10 or latter version.

Configuring Solaris monitor APM can monitor Solaris operation system using CLI or SNMP mode. Before starting Solaris monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet:

• The Solaris operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH or SNMP is enabled. For more information, see the Solaris configuration guide.

• The host on which Solaris resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• Monitoring the Solaris via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet\SSH user name and password of the Solaris host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Solaris system, and the Telnet\SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which Solaris resides.

• Monitoring the Solaris via SNMP, APM obtains the SNMP community string through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the SNMP parameters in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Solaris system.

Adding a Solaris application monitor

To add a Solaris application monitor:


80




2. Click the Solaris icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-Solaris page.

3. In the Add-Solaris page, complete the following information:

• Name—Specify a name for the Solaris monitor. The names of the Solaris monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format “application name_host IP.”

• Description—Input a brief introduction of the Solaris monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management.

• IP Address—Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the Solaris resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View.

• Polling Interval (min)—Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the Solaris resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes.

• Monitor Type—Select CLI or SNMP from the Monitor Type list.

• Contact—Input information of the contacts related to the Solaris system, such as name, phone number, email address, and so forth.

• Related Applications—Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the Solaris related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Solaris system in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the Solaris system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

• Detect Application—Specify whether to detect the Solaris system to be monitored when APM adds a Solaris monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the Solaris system and collect the monitored indexes before adding a Solaris monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the Solaris monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box.

4. Click OK to add a Solaris monitor.

Modifying a Solaris monitor

When you modify a Solaris monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the Solaris resides. Therefore, if the IP address of a Solaris host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the Solaris system.

To modify a Solaris monitor:


81


3. Click the Modify icon of the Solaris monitor you want to modify. The Modify-Solaris page appears.

4. Specify the parameters for the Solaris monitor.

For more information, see “Adding an AIX application monitor.”

5. Click OK.

Viewing Solaris monitoring report After adding a Solaris monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored Solaris system in the monitoring report.





3. Click the name of a Solaris monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored Solaris system.

In the Solaris monitoring report, you can perform the following operations:

To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy Solaris:


To refresh the Solaris monitoring report:


To refresh each pane of the Solaris monitoring report:


A Solaris monitoring report includes the following information:



• CPU usage ratio

• Usage ratio

• Ping test

• System load



• Process

• I/O status

Monitor information


82



• Name—Indicate the name of the Solaris monitor.

• Health status—Indicate the current health status of the monitored Solaris.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of the host that the Solaris resides.


• Last Polling Time—Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the Solaris application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between Solaris and the other applications.

If there are alarms that are generated by Solaris and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information:

• Top5 unrecovered alarm—Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the Solaris system. The alarm levels include:




Availability today


83




Current Availability—Indicate the availability state of the Solaris system when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

7-day History—Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the Solaris in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored Solaris system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state.

30-day History—Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the Solaris in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored Solaris. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state.

• Available Time—Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored Solaris, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Solaris is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Solaris is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Solaris is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

NOTE:

The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added Solaris monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the Solaris monitor is added successfully.

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

84

CPU usage ratio


Figure 49 CPU usage ratio

Figure 50 CPU usage ratio trend



icon to select a display mode of the Solaris CPU usage ratio.

Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio—Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the Solaris system when the last time APM polls the host that the Solaris system resides.

Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend—Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the Solaris system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio

trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the

Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the

This year icon to select a time period.

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system.

85

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system for the time being.

Memory Usage ratio

The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in and Figure 51 and Figure 52.


86




icon to select a display mode of the Solaris Memory usage ratio.

Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio—Display the memory usage ratio of the Solaris system when APM polls the host that Solaris resides for the last time.

Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend—Display the memory usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1

hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This

week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Item—Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the Solaris application monitor, including:

Physical Memory—Indicate the physical memory of the Solaris system.

Swap—Indicate the swap memory of the Solaris system

• Total—Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Solaris system.

• In Use—Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Solaris system.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity is measured in

87

days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the Solaris system for the time being.

• Usage Ratio—Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the Solaris system.



History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Solaris system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Solaris system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the Solaris system for the time being.

Ping test

At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the Solaris resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host.


Figure 53 Ping test

88


• Curve graph of Ping test—Display the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click







History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being.

System load

APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored Solaris in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the Solaris system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU.


89



• Curve graph of system load—Display the trend of the Solaris system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time


icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves for different time intervals are marked in different colors, including:




Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point.


System Load/Min—Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM start polling the host.

System Load/5 Min—Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM start polling the host.

System Load/15 Min—Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM start polling the host.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time

90

period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being.


Being different from the Windows file system, the Solaris file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory.




• Bar graph of file system usage ratio—Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

• File System—Indicate the mount points of the Solaris file system.


Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored Solaris system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being.



91

Network interface




• Name—Indicate the network card identities of the Solaris system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card).

• Receive Rate—Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.


History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being.

• Send Rate—Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

• Input Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

• Output Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

Process

Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the process

select icon to view the processes running on Solaris, select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. The monitored processes and the corresponding index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 57.

92

Figure 57 Process


• Configuration ( )—Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the Solaris system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio.


• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio.


• Memory Usage Ratio—Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram

93

displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being.

I/O status

APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the Solaris system, as shown in Figure 58.

Figure 58 I/O state


• Device Name—Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the Solaris system.

• I/O Read Rate—Indicate the size of the input/output data in the disk driver per second.

• I/O Write Rate—Indicate the size of the input data in the disk driver per second.

FreeBSD As an open-source UNIX operation system, FreeBSD’s performance and stability can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor FreeBSD operation system.

APM can monitor the FreeBSD 8.2 or latter version.

Configuring FreeBSD monitor APM can monitor FreeBSD operation system using CLI mode. Before starting FreeBSD monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet:

• The FreeBSD operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see the FreeBSD configuration guide.

• The host on which FreeBSD resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• Monitoring the FreeBSD via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the FreeBSD host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the FreeBSD system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which FreeBSD resides.

Adding a FreeBSD application monitor

To add a FreeBSD application monitor:



94



2. Click the FreeBSD icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-FreeBSD page.

3. In the Add-FreeBSD page, complete the following information:

• Name—Specify a name for the FreeBSD monitor. The names of the FreeBSD monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format “application name_host IP.”

• Description—Input a brief introduction of the FreeBSD monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management.

• IP Address—Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the FreeBSD resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View.

• Polling Interval (min)—Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes.

• Monitor Type—APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the FreeBSD system.

• Contact—Input information of the contacts related to the FreeBSD system, such as name, phone number, email address, and so forth.

• Related Applications—Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the FreeBSD related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the FreeBSD system in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the FreeBSD system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

• Detect Application—Specify whether to detect the FreeBSD system to be monitored when APM adds a FreeBSD monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the FreeBSD system and collect the monitored indexes before adding a FreeBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the FreeBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box.

4. Click OK to add a FreeBSD monitor.

Modifying a FreeBSD monitor

When you modify a FreeBSD monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the FreeBSD resides. Therefore, if the IP address of a FreeBSD host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the FreeBSD system.

To modify a FreeBSD monitor:



95

3. Click the Modify icon of the FreeBSD monitor you want to modify. The Modify-FreeBSD page appears.

4. Specify the parameters for the FreeBSD monitor.

For more information, see “Adding a FreeBSD application monitor.”

5. Click OK.

Viewing FreeBSD monitoring report After adding a FreeBSD monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored FreeBSD system in the monitoring report.





3. Click the name of a FreeBSD monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored FreeBSD system.

In the FreeBSD monitoring report, you can perform the following operations:

To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy FreeBSD:


To refresh the FreeBSD monitoring report:


To refresh each pane of the FreeBSD monitoring report:


A FreeBSD monitoring report includes the following information:



• CPU usage ratio

• Usage ratio

• Ping test

• System load



• Process

• I/O status

Monitor information


96



• Name—Indicate the name of the FreeBSD monitor.

• Health status—Indicate the current health status of the monitored FreeBSD.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of the host that the FreeBSD resides.


• Last Polling Time—Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the FreeBSD application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between FreeBSD and the other applications.

If there are alarms that are generated by FreeBSD and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information:

• Top5 unrecovered alarm—Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the FreeBSD system. The alarm levels include:




Availability today


97




• Current Availability—Indicate the availability state of the FreeBSD system when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

7-day History—Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the FreeBSD in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored FreeBSD system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state.

30-day History—Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the FreeBSD in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored FreeBSD. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state.

• Available Time—Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored FreeBSD, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored FreeBSD is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored FreeBSD is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored FreeBSD is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

NOTE:

The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added FreeBSD monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the FreeBSD monitor is added successfully.

CPU usage ratio


app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

98





icon to select a display mode of the FreeBSD CPU usage ratio.

Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio—Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system when the last time APM polls the host that the FreeBSD system resides.

Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend—Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU

usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours

icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month

icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is

99

highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system for the time being.

Memory usage ratio



100




icon to select a display mode of the FreeBSD Memory usage ratio.

Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio—Display the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system when APM polls the host that FreeBSD resides for the last time.

Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend—Display the memory usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1



• Item—Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the FreeBSD application monitor, including:

Physical Memory—Indicate the physical memory of the FreeBSD system.

Swap—Indicate the swap memory of the FreeBSD system

• Total—Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the FreeBSD system.

• In Use—Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the FreeBSD system.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the

101

used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system for the time being.

• Usage Ratio—Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the FreeBSD system.



History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system for the time being.

Ping test

At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the FreeBSD resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host.


102

Figure 65 Ping test










System load

APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored FreeBSD in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the FreeBSD system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU.

103




• Curve graph of system load—Display the trend of the FreeBSD system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time











History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the

104

maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being.


Being different from the Windows file system, the FreeBSD file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory.




• Bar graph of file system usage ratio—Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

• File System—Indicate the mount points of the FreeBSD file system.


Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored FreeBSD system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage

105

space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being.


History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the used storage space trend of the specified partition or logical volume in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used storage space index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used storage space index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index; if you select the time period This year, the used storage space index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used storage space for the time being.


Network interface




• Name—Indicate the network card identities of the FreeBSD system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card).

• Receive Rate—Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.


History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the

106

diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being.

• Send Rate—Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

• Input Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

• Output Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

Process


Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding indexes displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 69.

Figure 69 Process


• Configuration ( )—Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the FreeBSD system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio.

• Process—Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect monitored data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID).

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of

107

Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio.


• Memory Usage Ratio—Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being.

I/O status

APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the FreeBSD system, as shown in Figure 70.

Figure 70 I/O state


• Device Name—Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the FreeBSD system.

• I/O Read Rate—Indicate the size of the input/output data in the disk driver per second.

• I/O Write Rate—Indicate the size of the input data in the disk driver per second.

Mac OS Mac OS is a kind of UNIX operation system, which is developed by Apple. The performance and stability of Mac OS can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor Mac OS.

108

APM can monitor the Mac OS X Server 10.1.5 or latter version.

Configuring Mac OS monitor APM can monitor Mac OS operation system using CLI or SNMP mode. Before starting Mac OS monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet:

• The Mac OS operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH or SNMP is enabled. For more information, see the Mac OS configuration guide.

• The host on which Mac OS resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• Monitoring the Mac OS via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet\SSH user name and password of the Mac OS host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Mac OS system, and the Telnet\SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which Mac OS resides.

• Monitoring the Mac OS via SNMP, APM obtains the SNMP community string through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the SNMP parameters in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Mac OS system.

Adding a Mac OS application monitor

To add a Mac OS application monitor:





2. Click the Mac OS icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-Mac OS page.

3. In the Add-Mac OS page, complete the following information:

• Name—Specify a name for the Mac OS monitor. The names of the Mac OS monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format “application name_host IP.”

• Description—Input a brief introduction of the Mac OS monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management.

• IP Address—Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the Mac OS resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. For more information, see “Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery.”

• Polling Interval (min)—Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes.

• Monitor Type—Select CLI or SNMP from the Monitor Type list.

• Contact—Input information of the contacts related to the Mac OS system, such as name, phone number, email address, and so forth.

109

• Related Applications—Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the Mac OS related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Mac OS in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the Mac OS, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

• Detect Application—Specify whether to detect the Mac OS system to be monitored when APM adds a Mac OS monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the Mac OS system and collect the monitored indexes before adding a Mac OS monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the Mac OS monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box.

4. Click OK to add a Mac OS monitor.

Modifying a Mac OS monitor

When you modify a Mac OS monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the Mac OS resides. Therefore, if the IP address of a Mac OS host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the Mac OS system.

To modify a Mac OS monitor:



3. Click the Modify icon of the Mac OS monitor you want to modify. The Modify-Mac OS page appears.

4. Specify the parameters for the Mac OS monitor.

For more information, see “Adding a FreeBSD application monitor.”

5. Click OK.

Viewing Mac OS monitoring report After adding a Mac OS monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored Mac OS system in the monitoring report.





3. Click the name of a Mac OS monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored Mac OS system.

In the Mac OS monitoring report, you can perform the following operations:

To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy Mac OS:


110

To refresh the Mac OS monitoring report:


To refresh each pane of the Mac OS monitoring report:


A Mac OS monitoring report includes the following information:



• CPU usage ratio

• Usage ratio

• Ping test

• System load



• Process

• I/O status

Monitor information




• Name—Indicate the name of the Mac OS monitor.

• Health status—Indicate the current health status of the monitored Mac OS.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of the host that the Mac OS resides.


• Last Polling Time—Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the Mac OS application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between Mac OS and the other applications.

If there are alarms that are generated by Mac OS and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information:

111

• Top5 unrecovered alarm—Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the Mac OS system. The alarm levels include:




Availability today





• Current Availability—Indicate the availability state of the Mac OS system when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.

7-day History—Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the Mac OS in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored Mac OS system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state.

30-day History—Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the Mac OS in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored Mac OS. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state.

• Available Time—Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored Mac OS, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Mac OS is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Mac OS is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Mac OS is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

112

NOTE:

The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added Mac OS monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the Mac OS monitor is added successfully.

CPU usage ratio






icon to select a display mode of the Mac OS CPU usage ratio.

Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio—Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the Mac OS when the last time APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides.

Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend—Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the Mac OS over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

113

specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon

, the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year

icon to select a time period.

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS system.


History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS for the time being.

Memory Usage ratio



114




icon to select a display mode of the Mac OS Memory usage ratio.

Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio—Display the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS when APM polls the host that Mac OS resides for the last time.

Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend—Display the memory usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the

memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last

6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This

month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Item—Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the Mac OS application monitor, including:

Physical Memory—Indicate the physical memory of the Mac OS.

Swap—Indicate the swap memory of the Mac OS.

• Total—Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Mac OS.

• In Use—Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Mac OS.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the Mac OS is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the Mac OS is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity of the Mac OS is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory

115

capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the Mac OS for the time being.

• Usage Ratio—Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the Mac OS system.



History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Mac OS; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Mac OS. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS for the time being.

Ping test

At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the Mac OS resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host.


Figure 77 Ping test


116



This Week icon , the This Month icon , or the This Year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point.






System load

APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored Mac OS in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the Mac OS system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU.



117


• Curve graph of system load—Display the trend of the Mac OS system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time











History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being.


Being different from the Windows file system, the Mac OS file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory.


118



• Bar graph of file system usage ratio—Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.

• File System—Indicate the mount points of the Mac OS file system.


Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored Mac OS system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point.




119

Network interface




• Name—Indicate the network card identities of the Mac OS system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card).

• Receive Rate—Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.



• Send Rate—Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.

• Input Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.

• Output Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.

Process


Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding monitored indexes displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 81.

120

Figure 81 Process


• Configuration ( )—Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the Mac OS. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio.

• Process—Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect monitored index data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID).

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.



• Memory Usage Ratio—Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today,

121

yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being.

I/O status

APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the Mac OS, as shown in Figure 82.

Figure 82 I/O state


• Device Name—Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the Mac OS.


• Transfer/Sec—Indicate the number of the transfer times in the disk driver per second. A transfer is an I/O request to the physical disk. Multiple logical requests can be integrated into a single I/O request. The size of the transferred data in each transfer is not fixed.

OpenBSD OpenBSD is a UNIX operation system, of which the performance and stability can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor OpenBSD.

APM can monitor the OpenBSD 4.6 or latter version.

Configuring OpenBSD monitor APM can monitor OpenBSD operation system using CLI mode. Before starting OpenBSD monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet:

• The OpenBSD operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see OpenBSD configuration guide.

• The host on which OpenBSD resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• Monitoring the OpenBSD via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the OpenBSD host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the OpenBSD system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which OpenBSD resides.

Adding an OpenBSD application monitor

To add an OpenBSD application monitor:

122





2. Click the OpenBSD icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-OpenBSD page.

3. In the Add-OpenBSD page, complete the following information:

• Name—Specify a name for the OpenBSD monitor. The names of the OpenBSD monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format “application name_host IP.”

• Description—Input a brief introduction of the OpenBSD monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management.

• IP Address—Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the OpenBSD resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View.

• Polling Interval (min)—Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes.

• Monitor Type—APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the OpenBSD system.

• Contact—Input information of the contacts related to the OpenBSD system, such as name, phone number, email address, and so forth.

• Related Applications—Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the OpenBSD related applications and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the OpenBSD in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the OpenBSD system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

• Detect Application—Specify whether to detect the OpenBSD system to be monitored when APM adds an OpenBSD monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the OpenBSD system and collect the monitored indexes before adding an OpenBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the OpenBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box.

4. Click OK to add an OpenBSD monitor.

Modifying an OpenBSD monitor

When you modify an OpenBSD monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the OpenBSD resides. Therefore, if the IP address of an OpenBSD host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the OpenBSD system.

To modify an OpenBSD monitor:

123



3. Click the Modify icon of the OpenBSD monitor you want to modify. The Modify-OpenBSD page appears.

4. Specify the parameters for the OpenBSD monitor.

For more information, see “Adding an OpenBSD application monitor.”

5. Click OK.

Viewing OpenBSD monitoring report After adding an OpenBSD monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored OpenBSD system in the monitoring report.





3. Click the name of an OpenBSD monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored OpenBSD system.

In the OpenBSD monitoring report, you can perform the following operations:

To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy OpenBSD:


To refresh the OpenBSD monitoring report:


To refresh each pane of the OpenBSD monitoring report:


An OpenBSD monitoring report includes the following information:



• CPU usage ratio

• Usage ratio

• Ping test

• System load



• Process

• I/O status

Monitor information


124



• Name—Indicate the name of the OpenBSD monitor.

• Health status—Indicate the current health status of the monitored OpenBSD.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of the host that the OpenBSD resides.


• Last Polling Time—Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the OpenBSD application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between OpenBSD and the other applications.

If there are alarms that are generated by OpenBSD and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information:

• Top5 unrecovered alarm—Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the OpenBSD system. The alarm levels include:




Availability today



125



• Current Availability—Indicate the availability state of the OpenBSD system when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.

7-day History—Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the OpenBSD in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored OpenBSD system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state.

30-day History—Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the OpenBSD in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored OpenBSD. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state.

• Available Time—Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored OpenBSD, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored OpenBSD is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored OpenBSD is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored OpenBSD is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

NOTE:

The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added OpenBSD monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the OpenBSD monitor is added successfully.

CPU usage ratio



app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

126




icon to select a display mode of the OpenBSD CPU usage ratio.

Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio—Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system when the last time APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides.

Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend—Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU

usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours

icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month

icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system.


History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system for the time being.

127

Memory Usage ratio






icon to select a display mode of the OpenBSD Memory usage ratio.

Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio—Display the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD when APM polls the host that OpenBSD resides for the last time.

Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend—Display the memory usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD in the past one hour by default. You can also select

128

a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last

1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This


• Item—Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the OpenBSD application monitor, including:

Physical Memory—Indicate the physical memory of the OpenBSD system.

Swap—Indicate the swap memory of the OpenBSD system.

• Total—Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the OpenBSD system.

• In Use—Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the OpenBSD system.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system for the time being.

• Usage Ratio—Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the OpenBSD system.



History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system for the time being.

129

Ping test

At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the OpenBSD resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host.


Figure 89 Ping test









History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the

130

Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being.

System load

APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored OpenBSD in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the OpenBSD system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU.




• Curve graph of system load—Display the trend of the OpenBSD system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified

time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the

Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves for different time intervals are marked in different colors, including:








131


History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being.


Being different from the Windows file system, the OpenBSD file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory.




132

• Bar graph of file system usage ratio—Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.

• File System—Indicate the mount points of the OpenBSD file system.


Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored OpenBSD system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point.




Network interface




• Name—Indicate the network card identities of the OpenBSD system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card).

• Receive Rate—Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of packet receiving rate for the monitored network card. The packet receiving rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions

133

of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate.


• Send Rate—Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.

• Input Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.

• Output Packet Loss—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.

Process


Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding monitored index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 93.

Figure 93 Process


• Configuration ( )—Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the OpenBSD system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio.


134

• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.



• Memory Usage Ratio—Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time.


I/O status

APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the OpenBSD system, as shown in Figure 94.

Figure 94 I/O state


• Device Name—Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the OpenBSD system.


• IOs/Sec—Indicate the number of the transfer times in the disk driver per second. A transfer is an I/O request to the physical disk. Multiple logical requests can be integrated into a single I/O request. The size of the transferred data in each transfer is not fixed.

135

HP-UX HP-UX is a UNIX operation system, of which the performance and stability can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor HP-UX.

APM can monitor the HP-UX 11.00 or latter version.

Configuring HP-UX monitor APM can monitor HP-UX operation system using CLI mode. Before starting HP-UX monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet:

• The HP-UX operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see the HP-UX configuration guide.

• The host on which HP-UX resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• Monitoring the HP-UX via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the HP-UX host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the HP-UX system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which HP-UX resides.

Adding an HP-UX application monitor

To add an HP-UX application monitor:





2. Click the HP-UX icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-HP-UX page.

3. In the Add-HP-UX page, complete the following information:

• Name—Specify a name for the HP-UX monitor. The names of the HP-UX monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format “application name_host IP.”

• Description—Input a brief introduction of the HP-UX monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management.

• IP Address—Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the HP-UX resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View.

• Polling Interval (min)—Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes.

• Monitor Type—APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the HP-UX system. Leave the default setting as is.

136

• Contact—Input information of the contacts related to the HP-UX system, such as name, phone number, email address, and so forth.

• Related Applications—Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select the HP-UX related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the HP-UX system in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the HP-UX system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

• Detect Application—Specify whether to detect the HP-UX system to be monitored when APM adds an HP-UX monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the HP-UX system and collect the monitored indexes before adding an HP-UX monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the HP-UX monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box.

4. Click OK to add an HP-UX monitor.

Modifying an HP-UX monitor

When you modify an HP-UX monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the HP-UX resides. Therefore, if the IP address of an HP-UX host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the HP-UX system.

To modify an HP-UX monitor:



3. Click the Modify icon of the HP-UX monitor you want to modify. The Modify-HP-UX page appears.

4. Specify the parameters for the HP-UX monitor.

For more information, see “Adding an OpenBSD application monitor.”

5. Click OK.

Viewing HP-UX monitoring report After adding an HP-UX monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored HP-UX system in the monitoring report.





3. Click the name of an HP-UX monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored HP-UX system.

In the HP-UX monitoring report, you can perform the following operations:

To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy HP-UX:

137


To refresh the HP-UX monitoring report:


To refresh each pane of the HP-UX monitoring report:


An HP-UX monitoring report includes the following information:



• CPU usage ratio

• Usage ratio

• Ping test

• System load



• Error log

• Process

• I/O status

Monitor information




• Name—Indicate the name of the HP-UX monitor.

• Health status—Indicate the current health status of the monitored HP-UX.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of the host that the HP-UX resides.


• Last Polling Time—Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the HP-UX application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between HP-UX and the other applications.

138

If there are alarms that are generated by HP-UX and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information:

• Top5 unrecovered alarm—Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the HP-UX system. The alarm levels include:




Availability today





• Current Availability—Indicate the availability state of the HP-UX system when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time.

7-day History—Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the HP-UX in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored HP-UX system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state.

30-day History—Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the HP-UX in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored HP-UX. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state.

• Available Time—Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored HP-UX, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored HP-UX is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored HP-UX is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored HP-UX is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today.

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

139

NOTE:

The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added HP-UX monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the HP-UX monitor is added successfully.

CPU usage ratio






icon to select a display mode of the HP-UX CPU usage ratio.

Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio—Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system when the last time APM polls the host that the HP-UX system resides.

Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend—Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system

app:ds:cumulative

app:ds:time

140

in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio

trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the

Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the


• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system.


History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system for the time being.

Memory Usage ratio



141




icon to select a display mode of the HP-UX Memory usage ratio.

Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio—Display the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system when APM polls the host that HP-UX resides for the last time.

Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend—Display the memory usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1



• Item—Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the HP-UX application monitor, including:

Physical Memory—Indicate the physical memory of the HP-UX system.

Swap—Indicate the swap memory of the HP-UX system.

• Total—Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the HP-UX system.

• In Use—Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the HP-UX system.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used

142

memory capacity of the HP-UX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system for the time being.

• Usage Ratio—Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the HP-UX system.



History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system for the time being.

Ping test

At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the HP-UX resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host.


143

Figure 101 Ping test










System load

APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored HP-UX in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the HP-UX system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU.


144



• Curve graph of system load—Display the trend of the HP-UX system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time











History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time

145

period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being.


Being different from the Windows file system, the HP-UX file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory.




• Bar graph of file system usage ratio—Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time.

• File System—Indicate the mount points of the HP-UX file system.


Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored HP-UX system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point. For

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour,

146

Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being.



Network interface




• Name—Indicate the network card identities of the HP-UX system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card).

• Output Packet Rate—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time.

Threshold setting—Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of output packet rate for the monitored network card. The output packet rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the output packet rate in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the output packet rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the output packet rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the output packet rate, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the output packet rate; if you select the time period This year, the output packet rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the output packet rate, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the output packet rate. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the output packet rate for the time being.

• Input Packet Rate—Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time.

147

Error log

APM can check the HP-UX error logs when polling the HP-UX system, and displays the error logs in the HP-UX monitoring report. In the Error Log pane, you can view the latest 10 error logs.

The Error Log pane is shown in Figure 105.

Figure 105 Error log


• Time—Indicate the time when the error occurs.

• Log—Indicate the content of the error log.

• More—Click the link More to open a window to view more error logs in the HP-UX system.

Process


Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding monitored index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 106.

148

Figure 106 Process


• Configuration ( )—Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the HP-UX system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio.


• CPU Usage Ratio—Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time.



• Memory Usage Ratio—Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time.

149


I/O status

APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the HP-UX system, as shown in Figure 107.

Figure 107 I/O state


• Device Name—Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the HP-UX system.

• I/O Rate—Indicate the number of bits of the input/output data in the disk driver per second. Searches/Sec—Indicate the number of the search times in the disk driver per second.

150

Linux server monitor

This chapter describes how to add and modify the Linux application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report.

Linux Linux is a popular open source operating system that has multiple release versions. Monitoring Linux is necessary because the operating performance of a Linux server affects network applications on the system.

APM can monitor the Linux release versions of Ubuntu, RedHat, SUSE, and Center OS.

Adding a Linux application monitor APM monitors the Linux application through CLI or SNMP. When you add the application monitor for Linux, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• Telnet, SSH, or SNMP must be enabled and configured on Linux. For information about enabling Telnet, SSH, or SNMP on Linux, see the Linux configuration guide.

• The target host must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding a host to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• To monitor the Linux application through CLI, correctly configure the Telnet or SSH username and password on the IMC Platform. APM obtains the Telnet or SSH username and password of the Linux host from the IMC Platform. The Telnet or SSH user must have the administrator privilege.

• To monitor the Linux application through SNMP, correctly configure SNMP parameters on the IMC Platform. APM obtains the SNMP community strings for Linux from the IMC Platform.

To add a Linux application monitor:



Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree.


Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page.

3. Click Linux of the Linux Server Monitor class.

The page for adding a Linux application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host on which the Linux application will be monitored in the Select Devices window.

151


Monitor Type—Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Available options include CLI and SNMP.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Linux depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying a Linux application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a Linux application monitor. If the IP address of a Linux host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modifying a Linux application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the Linux application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the Linux application monitor appears.


Name—Modify the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor.

Description—Modify a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance.



Monitor Type—Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Available options include CLI and SNMP.

Contact—Modify the contact information, such as name, email address, and telephone number.

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Linux depends on, and click OK. To delete applications, select the

152

applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the Linux application monitor report After you add the Linux application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Linux by viewing the monitor report.

To access the Linux application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of a Linux application monitor.

The monitor report of the Linux application appears, as shown in Figure 108.

Figure 108 Part of a Linux application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Linux_192.168.0.250. The health status of the application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .


153

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the Linux application.

• IP Address—IP address of the Linux host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Linux.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the Linux application.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view relations between applications in the topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Linux host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the Linux application.

Availability Today

The Availability Today area is shown in Figure 110.


154



• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the Linux application today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the Linux application in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the Linux application in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the Linux application in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today.


CPU Usage Ratio


Figure 111 CPU Usage Ratio—Dashboard area layout

155

Figure 112 CPU Usage Ratio—Trend graph area layout



• Dashboard icon /Trend icon —Click the Dashboard icon or the Trend icon to view the CPU usage ratio.

Dashboard icon —Click the Dashboard icon to view the CPU usage ratio in the last APM polling period.

Trend icon —Click the Trend icon to view the changes of the CPU usage ratio for the Linux application in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view the changes of the CPU usage ratio over a specified time period by clicking the Last 1 hour icon , Last 6 hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , and This Year icon . The default time period is last one hour.

• CPU Usage Ratio—CPU usage ratio of the Linux application in the last APM polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the CPU usage ratio. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU Usage Ratio trend graph as dotted lines. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the CPU usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view CPU usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons on the upper right of the graph. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

Memory Usage Ratio


156

Figure 113 Memory Usage Ratio—Dashboard area layout

Figure 114 Memory Usage Ratio—Trend graph area layout



• Dashboard icon /Trend icon —Click the Dashboard icon or the Trend icon to view the memory usage ratio.

Dashboard icon —Click the Dashboard icon to view the memory usage ratio in the last APM polling period.

Trend icon —Click the Trend icon to view the changes of the memory usage ratio (including the physical memory usage ratio and swap memory usage ratio) for the Linux application in a line chart. The green line is for the physical memory usage ratio and the orange for the swap memory usage ratio. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view the changes of the memory usage ratio over a specified time period by clicking the Last 1 hour icon , Last 6 hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , and

157

This Year icon . Click the legend names of the different types of memory usage ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitor indexes.


Physical memory—Physical memory of Linux.

Swap—Swap memory of Linux.

• Total—Total amount of the physical or swap memory.

• In Use—Amount of the physical or swap memory in use.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the memory usage trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage at the specific time point. Operators can view the memory usage statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons on the upper right of the graph. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

• Usage Ratio—Physical and virtual memory usage ratio.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the memory (including the physical and swap) usage ratio. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Memory Usage Ratio trend graph as dotted lines. The data is highlighted in yellow when the memory usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the memory usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the memory usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view memory usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

Ping Test When the polling interval expires, APM pings the Linux host by sending an ICMP packet. If a response packet is received, the ping succeeds and APM records the response time. If no response packet is received, APM sends another ICMP packet to the host. A maximum of three ICMP packets can be sent.

The Ping Test area layout is shown in Figure 115.

158




• Last 1 hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the ping response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Response Time trend graph—Shows the trend of the round trip response time of the Linux application over the last one hour. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the Linux application in the last ping operation.

Packets Sent—Number of ICMP packets that are sent in the last ping operation. The maximum number is 3.

Packets Received—Number of ICMP response packets that are received in the last ping operation, which is 0 or 1.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history trend graph of the ping test data (including the response time, the packets sent, and the packets received). Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

System Load

APM counts the average system load over one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes. The average system load refers to the average number of processes in the run queue over a specific time interval. An overloaded system results in severe performance issues. The load threshold value varies with CPUs.

159

The System Load area layout is shown in Figure 116.

Figure 116 System Load area layout

The System Load area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the system load over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• System Load trend graph—Shows the system load trend of Linux over the last one hour. The green curve shows the system load over one minute, the orange over five minutes, and the blue over fifteen minutes.

Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the system load at the specific time point.

Click the legend names to display or hide the corresponding monitor indexes.


System Load/Min—Average system load over the last one minute in the last APM data collection period.

System Load/5 Min—Average system load over the last five minutes in the last APM data collection period.

System Load/15 Min—Average system load over the last fifteen minutes in the last APM data collection period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the system load trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view system load statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

160

File System Usage Ratio

The Linux file system has only one root directory. All file systems appear as subdirectories under the root directory. Each physical disk partition or logical volume can be mounted to a subdirectory. You can read data from or write data to physical disk partitions or logical volumes in the relevant subdirectories. The File System Usage Ratio area layout is shown in Figure 117.

Figure 117 File System Usage Ratio area layout

The File System Usage Ratio area contains the following fields:


• File System Usage Ratio horizontal bar chart—Shows the space usage ratio of each mount point in the last APM polling period. Place the cursor over a spot in a bar to view the space usage ratio of the specified mount point.

• File System—Mount point of the Linux file systems.

• Usage Ratio—Space usage ratio of partitions, logical volumes, or tmpfs.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the Linux file system usage ratio. The data is highlighted in yellow when the file system usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the file system usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the file system usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view file usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The statistics shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today are collected in polling intervals. The statistics shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month are collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The statistics shown in the line chart of this year are collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

• In Use—Amount of the space that is in use in partitions, logical volumes, or tmpfs.

• Free Space—Amount of the space that is not in use in partitions, logical volumes, or tmpfs.

Network Interface

The Network Interface area layout is shown in Figure 118.

161




• Name—Identifier of a network interface card in Linux. APM monitors physical and virtual (logical) network interface cards.

• Receive Rate—Receive rate of a network interface card in the last APM polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the receive rate of Linux network interface cards. The data is highlighted in yellow when the receive rate reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the receive rate reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the receive rate trend of a specified network interface card. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view the receive rate statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimums and average values.

• Send Rate—Send rate of a network interface card in the last APM polling period.

• Input Packet Loss—Number of lost inbound packets per second on a network interface card in the last APM polling period.

• Output Packet Loss—Number of lost outbound packets per second on a network interface card in the last APM polling period.

Error Log

APM examines the error logs of the Linux application during polling and displays the last ten error logs in the Linux application monitor report. The Error Log area layout is shown in Figure 119.

162

Figure 119 Error Log area layout

The Error Log area contains the following fields:


• Time—Time when the error occurs.

• Log—Content of the error log.

• More—Click More to view all error logs.

Process

The process list is empty by default. Click the Config icon on the upper right of the graph to configure the process you want to monitor. APM then collects the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for the process in the next polling. The Process area layout is shown in Figure 120.


7



163

• Config icon —Click the Config icon to select processes to be monitored in the monitor list window.

• Process—Name of the monitored process. For processes with the same name but different PIDs, APM collects the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for each process. For example, Apache may generate a lot of httpd processes. If you select httpd processes to monitor, APM collects the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for each httpd process.

• CPU Usage Ratio—CPU usage ratio of the process in the last APM polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the Linux process CPU usage ratio. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the CPU usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view the CPU usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

• Memory Usage Ratio—Memory usage ratio of the process in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history graph of the memory usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view the memory usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The statistics shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today are collected in polling intervals. The statistics shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month are collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The statistics shown in the line chart of this year are collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values.

• More—Click More to view the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for processes with the same name.

I/O State

APM can monitor the I/O state of disks, partitions, or logical volumes in Linux. The I/O State area layout is shown in Figure 121.

Figure 121 I/O State area layout

The I/O State area contains the following fields:


164

• Device Name—Name of the disk, partition, or logical volume in Linux.

• I/O Read Rate—Data output rate of disks, partitions, or logical volumes in Linux.

• I/O Write Rate—Data input rate of disks, partitions, or logical volumes in Linux.

165

Database Server Monitor

The database server monitors include the following application types:

• SQL Server

• MySQL

• Oracle

This chapter introduces you how to add an application monitor and check the details of the corresponding monitor report.

SQL Server SQL Server is a Database Management System (DBMS) developed by Microsoft. As the most important parts of the whole services, the performance and stability of the database can directly affect the business operation normally, thus APM supplies the service of monitoring for SQL Server.

APM can monitor SQL Server 2000, SQL Server 2005 and SQL Server 2008. This chapter introduces you how to add/modify a SQL Server application monitor and how to view the SQL Server application monitor report.

Adding a SQL Server application monitor APM monitors the SQL Server by a server port (default value is 1433). You should be aware of the following points when you add an application monitor:

• The host which installed the SQL Server should have joined the IMC platform already. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• You should have the authority of the SQL Server, and get all credentials of login. Meanwhile the authentication type should be the “SQL Server Authentication.”

To add a SQL Server application monitor:


2. The operator can enter the Add Application page from the two ways:

Click Application Management > Add Application in the menu. All of the application types display in the page, which can be monitored by APM.

Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays the Application Monitor list. Click Add button.

3. Click SQL Server of the Database Server monitor class, enter to the “Add-SQL Server” page.

4. In the Name textbox, input the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique. HP recommends you to use the format “application name_host IP address” as the application monitor name.

5. In the Port textbox, input the SQL Server service port, the default value is 1433.

6. In the Description textbox, input the details of the application monitor. The specific details are helpful for the operator to manage it.

7. Click Select button, the Select Devices dialogue box pops up. Select to install the SQL Server Client.

166

8. In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server.

9. The authentication on mode when the operator login the SQL Server should be SQL Server Authentication and it is unavailable to be modified.

10. Specify the administrator’ username and password in the text box.

11. Input the instance name of SQL Server in the Instance Name textbox. When install the SQL Server you should use the default instance name, keep the Instance Name textbox as empty; When install the SQL Server you should configure an instance name, keep the same instance name in the SQL Server textbox, otherwise the monitor cannot be access.

12. Input the contact person’s information in the Contact textbox. The information includes the name, e-mail, phone number and so on.

13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the SQL Server in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications when you select the related applications for the SQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

14. Tick or not in the textbox to select whether or not to Detect Application. If you select to detect application, APM will connect the application and get the data according to the parameters. If the connection is successful, the application will add the application monitor successfully, otherwise not. If you don’t select to detect application, the application monitor can be added directly without connecting with the application.

15. Click OK button.

Modifying a SQL Server application monitor When the operators do the operation of modifying SQL Server application monitor, the operators can change the

parameters exclude the IP address. If the SQL Server IP address is changed, the operators can only add the SQL Server application monitor again.

To modify SQL Server application monitor:


2. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays application monitor list.

3. Click Modify the target application monitor to enter the Modify Application-SQL Server page.

4. Type in the Name in the textbox to modify the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique; the name format should be “Application name_Host IP address”.

5. Modify the Description information in the textbox which is helpful for the operator.

6. IP Address cannot be modified.

7. In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more

167

accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server.

8. Modify the service port of the SQL Server in the Port textbox, which the default value is 1433.

9. When you login in SQL Server, the mode of authentication on should be SQL Server authentication, which cannot be modified.

10. If you want to modify the administrator’ username and password, type in new username and password in the text box.

11. In the Instance Name textbox type in the instance name of SQL Server. When you install the SQL Server you use the default instance name, keep the Instance Name textbox as empty; When you install the SQL Server you configure an instance name, keep the same instance name in the SQL Server textbox, otherwise the monitor cannot be access.

12. Modify the Contact information in the textbox. The contents include: name, e-mail, phone number and so on.

13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. Click Delete to delete the related application of the SQL Server. The operators can view the applications related to the SQL Server in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications of the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the SQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.



SQL Server application monitor report When you complete the operation of adding a monitor, APM begins to collect the monitor indexes and then calculate the availability and health status. The operator can learn more details on the application monitor index from the SQL Server application report.

To visit a SQL Server application monitor report


2. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list.

3. Click the application type SQL Server, and then the SQL Server Application Monitor Report pops up, shown as Figure 122.

168

Figure 122 SQL Server Application Monitor Report (Part)

• The name of the application monitor is MSSQL_192.168.0.231.

• The current health status of SQL Server is Healthy（）. When the current health status shows Unhealthy, you can click the Healthy icon to view the warning detail and reasons analysis.

• Click the Refresh icon on the top of the page to renew the current report data.

• The content of the report includes:

Monitor Information

Availability Today

Memory Usage

Buffer Management

Connection Statistics

Buffer Details

Lock Details

SQL Statistics

Latch Detail

Access Method Details

Job Details

Database Details

Monitor information

The monitor information is shown in Figure 123.

169

Figure 123 Monitor Information-SQL Server

• Fresh—Click the Fresh icon to update the detail.

• Name—Indicate the names of the application monitor.

• Health Status—Indicate the current health status of SQL Server.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of SQL Server.

• Application Type—Indicate the type of the application, SQL Server.

• Version—Indicate the version of SQL Server.

• Port—Indicate the service port of SQL Server.

• Last Polling Time—Specify the time when APM did the last polling for SQL Server.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the SQL Server application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between SQL Server and the other applications.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—The last 5 unrecovered alarm in SQL Server. If there is no application for the alarm, it does not display this alarm. The warning colors stand for the levels of the alarms, yellow stands for minor warning, red stands for critical warning and orange stands for major warning.

Avaibility today

The Availability Today information is shown in Figure 124.

170

Figure 124 Availability today-SQL Server

• Fresh—Click the Fresh icon to fresh the detail.

• Availability Pie Chart—Specify the availability percentage comparison for SQL Server. Put the mouse on the fragments of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms.

• Current Availability—Specify the availability of SQL Server, the data comes from the last Polling.

Click the “7 days history” icon to view the SQL Server’s availability of the last 7 days. The calculation unit is hour; put the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage.

Click the” 30 days history” icon to view the SQL Server’s availability of the last 30 days. The calculation unit is day; put the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage.

• Available Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is working available from the current day 0:00.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is working unavailable from the current day 0:00.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is inaccessibly from the current day 0:00.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is unmanaged from the current day 0:00.

• For the new added application monitor, the Available Time, Unavailable Time and Unmanaged Time begin to work, if one of the elements is 0, it does not display in the report.

Memory usage

The Memory Usage information is shown in Figure 125.

171

Figure 125 Memory usage-SQL Server

• Fresh—Click the Fresh Icon to update the detail.

• The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified


Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Memory Usage—Specify the memory usage status of SQL Server in the last hour. Green color stands for SQL Cache Memory. Orange color stands for Optimizer Memory. Blue color stands for Lock Memory. Brown color stands for Connection Memory.

Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data on the collection point.

Click the Icon name to display/hide the index in the trend chart.

• Attribute and Value—Specify the name and data of the memory index. The indexes include:

Total Server Memory—Specify the total sever memory submit from the buffer pool when APM did the last polling.

SQL Cache Memory—Specify the SQL cache memory when APM did the last polling.

Optimizer Memory—Specify the memory which is used to query optimization when APM did the last polling.

Lock Memory— Specify the memory which is used to lock when APM did the last polling.

Connection Memory—Specify the connection memory when APM did the last polling.

172

Granted Work space Memory—Specify the granted work space memory for hashing ordering, copying, index creation operations when APM did the last polling in SQL Server.

Memory Grants Pending—Specify the memory grant numbers when the SQL Server progress is pending for getting the workspace..

Memory Grants Outstanding—Specify the memory grant numbers when the SQL Server progress is successful to getting the workspace.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the memory usage in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server for the time being.

Buffer management

The Buffer Management information is shown in Figure 126.

Figure 126 Buffer management-SQL Server


• The curve graph displays the buffer hit ratio trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the buffer hit ratio trend in the specified time

173


icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Buffer Management—This chart displays the variation of the SQL Server Buffer Hit ratio in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.

• Attribute and Value—Specify the name and data of the memory index. The indexes include:

Buffer Hit Ratio—Indicate the buffer hit ratio which find in the buffer area but no need to read in the disk. Higher ratio stands for better performance.

Searched Pages/Min—Indicate the number of the quest to search pages in the buffer pool in one minute when APM did the last polling in SQL Server.

Read Pages/Min—Indicate the read pages per minute when APM did the last polling.

Written Pages/Min—Indicate the written pages per minute when APM did the last polling.

Total Pages—Indicate the total pages, which include stolen page, available page and database page, when APM did the last polling.

Database Pages—Indicate the database pages contain in the buffer when APM did the last polling.

Idle Pages—Indicate the total pages that are not used when APM did last polling.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for Buffer Hit Ratio. After this operation, the threshold value is shown as dashed line in the buffer hit ration area. Yellow color stands for the Level 1 threshold value. Red color stands for the Level 2 threshold value. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the buffer related ratio trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the buffer related ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer related ratio of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the buffer related ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer related ratio of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server for the time being.

Connection statistics

The Connection Statistics information is shown as Figure 127.

174

Figure 127 Connection statistics-SQL Server


• The curve graph displays the connection time trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the connection time trend in the specified time



• Connections Statistics chart—This chart displays the variation of connection for SQL Server in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.

• Attribute and Value—Indicate the name and date of the indexes. The indexes include:

Connection Time—Indicate the consuming time of building a connection in the last time APM polling the SQL Server.

User Connections—Indicate the number of connections which are in the status of connection when APM did last polling.

Logins/sec—Indicate the times of the login per second when APM did last polling.

Logouts/sec—Indicate the times of the logout per second when APM did last polling.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for connection time. After this operation, the threshold value is shown as dashed line in the connection time area. Yellow color stands for the Level 1 threshold value. Red color stands for the Level 2 threshold value. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the connection time trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the connection time of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the

175

time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the connection time of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the connection time trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the connection time of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the connection time trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the connection time of the SQL Server for the time being.

Buffer details

The Buffer Details are shown as Figure 128.

Figure 128 Buffer details -SQL Server


• The curve graph displays the cache hit ratio trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the cache hit ratio trend in the specified time



• Buffer Detail—This chart displays the variation of the SQL Server Buffer Hit ratio in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.

• Attribute and Value—Indicate the name and data of the indexes. The index includes:

Cache Hit Ratio—Specify the ratio of cache hit time and searching time when APM did the last polling. The higher ratio stands for, the better performance is.

Cache Objects in use—Specify the Cache Objects in use per minute when APM did the last polling.

Cache Object Counts—Specify the counts of the cache object when APM did the last polling.

Cache Pages—Specify the buffer pages when APM did the last polling.

176

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for cache hit ratio. After this operation, the threshold value is shown as dashed line in the cache hit ratio area. Yellow color stands for the Level 1 threshold value. Red color stands for the Level 2 threshold value. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the higher the hit ratio index is, the better performance is, so the threshold condition ought to be set to “Less than or equal to.”

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the cache hit ratio trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the cache hit ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average cache hit ratio of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the cache hit ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average cache hit ratio of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server for the time being.

Lock details

The Lock Details are shown as Figure 129.

Figure 129 Lock details-SQL Server


• The curve graph displays the number of deadlocks trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the number of deadlocks trend in the specified



177

• Lock Details—This chart displays the variation trend of Lock Waits/sec, Lock Timeouts/sec and Number of Deadlocks/sec in last one hour. Green color stands for Lock Waits/sec. Orange color stands for Lock Timeouts/sec. Blue color stands for Number of Deadlocks/sec.

Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.

Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index.

• Attribute and Value—Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include:

Lock Requests/sec—Indicate the number of the new lock and lock transformation request s in lock management when APM did the last polling.

Lock Waits/sec—Indicate the number of the requests of lock waiting per second when APM did the last polling.

Lock Timeouts/sec—Indicate the number of the requests of lock timeout per second when APM did the last polling.

Number of Deadlocks/sec—Indicate the number of requests of deadlocks per second when APM did the last polling.

Average Wait Time—Indicate the average wait time for each lock request when APM did the last polling.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for Lock detail indexes. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the lock detail trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the lock detail of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the lock detail of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the lock detail trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock detail of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the lock detail of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the lock detail trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock detail of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the lock detail time of the SQL Server for the time being.

SQL statistics

The SQL Statistics details are shown in Figure 130.

178

Figure 130 SQL statistics-SQL Server


• The curve graph displays the SQL statistics trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a SQL statistics time period to view the SQL statistics trend in the specified time



• SQL Statistics—This chart displays the trend of Batch Requests/Min, SQL Compilations/Min and SQL Recompilations/Min in last hour. Green color stands for batch requests/min; Orange color stands for SQL Compilations/min and blue color stands for SQL Recompilations/min.



• Attribute and Value—Indicate the name and data of the indexes. The indexes include:

Batch Requests/Min—Indicate the number of receiving the Transact-SQL batch requests per minute when APM did the last polling.

SQL Compilations/Min—Indicate the times of SQL compilations per minute when APM did the last polling. When the status of the SQL Server user is stable, the value will be stable.

SQL Recompilations/Min—Indicate the times of SQL Recompilations per minute when APM did the last polling.

Auto Parameter Attempts/Min—Indicate the times of Auto Parameter Attempts per minute when APM did the last polling. The auto parameter attempts progress happens when every time the SQL Server instance tries to replace some characters with the parameters for parameterization Transact-SQL request. To the same requests, this progress can reuse the operation plan saved in the cache.

179

Auto Parameter Failures/Min—Indicate the times of Auto parameter failures per minute when APM did the last polling. The value should be small.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the SQL statistics trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SQL statistics of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SQL statistics of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SQL statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL statistics of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the SQL statistics of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SQL statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL statistics of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SQL statistics time of the SQL Server for the time being.

Latch details

The Latch Details are shown as Figure 131.

Figure 131 Latch details-SQL Server


• The curve graph displays the Latch details trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a Latch details time period to view the Latch details trend in the specified time



• Latch Details—This chart display the trend of average latch time in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.


Lock Waits/Min—Indicate the lock wait request numbers of the progress that want to invoke in per minute when APM did the last polling.

180

Average Latch Wait Time—Indicate the average latch wait time when APM did the last polling, the unit is micro second.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the Latch details trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Latch details of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Latch details of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the Latch details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average Latch details of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the Latch details of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the Latch details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average Latch details of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Latch details time of the SQL Server for the time being.

Access method details

The Access Method Details are shown as Figure 132.

Figure 132 Access method details-SQL Server

• Fresh—Click the Fresh icon to update the detail

• The curve graph displays the Access method details trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select an Access method details time period to view the Access method

details trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon ,

the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This week icon , the This month icon , or the


• Access Method Details chart—This chart displays the trend of the times of Full/Range/Probe Scan per minute when SQL Server did the last polling. Green color stands for number of full scan per minute; Orange color stands for the ranges scans per minute and blue color stands for probe scan per minute.



181


Full Scans/Min—Indicate the times of full scan without limitation per minute, when APM did the last polling. This scan can base on the table or full content scan.

Range Scans/Min—Indicate the scan number of limited range by indexing in per minute, when APM did the last polling.

Probe Scans/Min—Indicate the number of probe scans per second that are used to find at most one single qualified row in an index or base table directly.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the access method details trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the access method details of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the access method details of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the access method details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average access method details of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the access method details of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the access method details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average access method details of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Access method details time of the SQL Server for the time being.

Job details

The Job Details are shown as Figure 133.

Figure 133 Job details-SQL Server


• Name—Indicate the job name when APM did last polling.

• Status—Specify the status of the job, (-) stands for the job is never running.

• Date—Indicate the last operating date of job.

• Time—Indicate the last operating time of job.

• Duration—Indicate the duration time of job complete.

• Tries—Indicate the times of restart when the job is running.

Database details

The Database Details are shown as Figure 134.

182

Figure 134 Database details-SQL Server


• Database—Indicate the name of the database when APM did last polling. Total stands for the whole statistic for all the databases.

• Size—Indicate the size of the database in disk space.

• Transaction—Indicate the number of transaction per minute in database.

• Active Transaction—Indicate the number of the active transaction in database.

• Log File—Indicate the size of the log file of database.

• Log Files Used—Indicate the size of log files which are used in the database.

• Log Files Used Ration—Indicate the used ration of the log files in database, log files used ration=log files used/log files *100%.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for the database detail. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the database details trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the database details of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the database details of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the database details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the database details of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the database details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Database details time of the SQL Server for the time being.

• Log Writes—Indicate the times of log writes per minute.

• Log Write Waits—Indicate the number of the log files wait to write.

• Log Write Waits Time—Indicate the time of the log files wait to write.

• Click More in the right bottom to open the Database Details page, which the operator can check more details about SQL Server.

183

MySQL MySQL is an open source database management system. As one of the important part, the performance can impact the service directly; APM supports the monitor to MySQL.

APM can monitor MySQL 5.x.This chapter specify on how to add/modify the MySQL application monitor and MySQL application monitor report.

Adding a MySQL application monitor APM monitors the MySQL by server port (default value is 3306). You should be aware of the following points when you add the application monitors:

• The host which has installed the MySQL should be joined the IMC platform. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• The users who logins in the MySQL need to have the administrator’s permission, the username and the password.

To add My SQL application monitor:


2. The operator can inter the Add Application page from the two ways:

Select Application Management > Add Application in the menu. The page displays all of the application types which can be monitored by APM.

Select Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays the Application Monitor list. Click Add button.

3. Click MySQL of the Database Server monitor class, enter to the “Add-SQL Server” page.

4. In the Name textbox, input the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, you are better to use the format “application name_host IP address” as the application monitor name.

5. In the Port textbox, input the MySQL service port, the default value is 3306.


7. Click Select button, the Select Devices dialogue box pops up. Select the host which has installed MySQL.




11. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. Click Delete to delete the related application of the MySQL Server. The operators can view the applications related to the MySQL Server in the application topology.

184

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications of the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the MySQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.



Modifying a MySQL application monitor When the operators do the operation of modifying MySQL application monitor, the operators can change the parameters exclude the IP address. If the MySQL IP address is changed, the operators can only add the MySQL application monitor again.

To modify MySQL application monitor:



3. Click the modify icon , enter the Modify application-MySQL page.

4. Type in the Name in the textbox to modify the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, the name format as “Application name_Host IP address” Modify the application monitor name is preferred as the application monitor name.

5. Modify the MySQL service port in the Port textbox, the default value is 3306.

6. Modify the Description information in the textbox, the specific description is helpful for the operator to manage.

7. IP Address is not allowed to modify.




11. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. Click Delete to delete the related application of the MySQL Server. The operators can view the applications related to the MySQL Server in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications of the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the MySQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.

185



MySQL application monitor reports When you complete the operation of adding monitor, APM begins to collect the monitor indexes and then calculate the availability and health status. The operators can learn more detail on the application monitor index from the MySQL application report.

To visit MySQL application monitor report


2. Select Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list.

3. Click the link named as MySQL, the MySQL Application Monitor Report pops up, shown as Figure 135.

Figure 135 MySQL application monitor reports( Part)

• The name of the application monitor is MySQL_172. 8.9.78.

• The current health status of MySQL is Healthy（）. When the current health status shows Unhealthy, click the Healthy icon to view the warning detail and reasons analysis.

• Click the Refresh icon on the top of the page to update the current report data.

• The content of the report includes:

Monitor Information

Availability Today

Response Time

Request Statists

Connection Statistics

186

Key Details

Buffer Details

SQL Statistics

Database Details

Monitor information

The Monitor Information is shown as Figure 136.

Figure 136 Monitor information-MySQL


• Name—Indicate the names of the application monitor.

• Health Status—Indicate the current health status of MySQL.

• IP Address—Indicate the IP address of MySQL.

• Application Type—Indicate the type of the application, MySQL.

• Version—Indicate the version of MySQL.

• Port—Indicate the service port of MySQL.

• Basic Directory—Indicate the MySQL install path record in MySQL.

• Data Directory—Indicate the files saving location in the host where the MySQL located .

• Last Polling Time—Specify the time when APM did the last polling for MySQL.

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the MySQL application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between MySQL and the other applications.

• Top5 Unrecover Alarm—The last 5 unrecovered alarm in MySQL. If there is no application for the alarm, it displays no content. The warning colors stand for the levels of the alarms, yellow stands for minor warning, red stands for critical warning and orange stands for major warning.

187

Availability today

The Availability Today information is shown as Figure 137.

Figure 137 Availability today-MySQL


• Availability Today—Specify the availability percentage comparison for MySQL. Put the mouse on the fragment of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms.

• Current availability—Specify the availability of MySQL, the data comes from the last Polling.

Click “7 days history” icon to view the MySQL’s availability of the last 7 days. The calculation unit is hour; remove the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage.

Click” 30 days history” icon to view the MySQL’s availability of the last 30 days. The calculation unit is day; remove the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage.

• Available Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is working available from the current day 0:00.

• Unavailable Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is working unavailable from the current day 0:00.

• Inaccessible Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is inaccessibly from the current day 0:00.

• Unmanaged Time—Indicate the accumulative time which is unmanaged from the current day 0:00.

For the new added application monitor, the Available Time, Unavailable Time and Unmanaged Time begin to work, if one of the elements is 0, it does not display in the report.

Response time

The Response Time information is shown as Figure 138.

188

Figure 138 Response time-MySQL


• The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified



• Response Time—This chart displays the trend of MSQL response time in last hour. Put the mouse on the fragment of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms.

• Attribute and Value—Indicate the name and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include:

Response Time—Indicate the response time when APM did last polling.

Connection Timeout—Indicate the time of connection timeout of MySQL.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for MySQL. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the memory usage in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the MySQL for the time being.

Request statistics

The Request Statistics information is shown as Figure 139

189

Figure 139 Request statistics-MySQL


• The curve graph displays the request statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the request statistics trend in the specified time period.

Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon

, the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Requests/s Trend Chart—This chart default displays the trend of request/s in the last hour of MySQL. Put the mouse on the fragment of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms.

• Attribute and Value—Indicate the name and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include:

Requests/s—Indicate the number of the requests received per second when APM did polling in MySQL.

Receive Rate—Indicate the receive rate when APM did the last polling in MySQL.

Send Rate—Indicate the send rate per second when APM did last polling.

Click the Threshold Value Setting icon to set the warning threshold value for monitor indexes. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the request statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the request statistics of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the request statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the request statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the request statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the request statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average

190

request statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the request statistics of the MySQL for the time being.

Connection statistics

The Connection Statistics are shown as Figure 140.

Figure 140 Connection statistics-MySQL

• Fresh—Click the Fresh icon to update the detail

• The curve graph displays the connection statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the connection statistics trend in the specified



• Connection Statistics Trend Chart—The chapter default displays the trend of connection related index trend in the current hour. Green color stands for the number of the connection; Orange color stands for the number of aborted connection; Blue color stands for the number of aborted clients.



• Attribute and Value—Indicate the names and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include:

Connections—Indicate the calculated connection number from MySQL starts to the last polling of APM.

Aborted Connections—Indicate the calculated disconnection number from MySQL starts to the last polling of APM.

Aborted Clients—Indicate the calculated disconnection number caused by no correction closed connection of Cline from MySQL starts to the last polling of APM.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the connection statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6

191

hours, or Today, the connection statistics of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the connection statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the connection statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection statistics of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the connection statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the connection statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the connection statistics of the MySQL for the time being.

Thread details

The Thread Details are shown as Figure 141.

Figure 141 Thread details-MySQL


• The curve graph displays the thread details trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the thread details trend in the specified time period. Click


This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Thread Details Chart—This chart default displays the trend of the related thread index changing in the last hour. Green color stands for the running threads; Orange color stands for the buffered threads and blue color stands for the thread buffer.



• Attribute and Value-Indicate the names and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include:

Running Threads—Indicate the number of running threads when APM did the last polling.

Buffered Threads—Indicate the number of buffered threads when APM did the last polling.

Thread Buffer—Indicate the size of the thread buffer when APM did the last polling.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the thread details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this

192

week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the thread details related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the thread details of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the thread details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average thread details of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the thread details of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the thread details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average thread details of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the thread details of the MySQL for the time being.

Key details

The Key Details are shown as Figure 142.

Figure 142 Key details-MySQL


• The curve graph displays the key details trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the key details trend in the specified time period. Click the

Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This


• Key Hit Ratio Trend Chart—This chart displays the trend of key hit ration in current hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.


Key Hit Ration—Indicate the key hit ration for the last MySQL polling in APM.

Key Buffer Used—Indicate the size of the key buffer used for the last MySQL polling in APM.

Key Buffer—Indicate the total size of the key buffer used for the last MySQL polling.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for key details. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value.

193

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the key details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the key details related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the key details of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the key details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average key details of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the key details of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the key details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average key details of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the key details of the MySQL for the time being.

Buffer details

The Buffer details are shown as Figure 143.

Figure 143 Buffer details-MySQL


• The curve graph displays the buffer details trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the buffer details trend in the specified time period. Click the

Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon , the This


• Buffer Details Chart—This chart displays the trend of the key hit ratio in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.


Query Hit Ratio—Indicate the query hit ratio when APM did last polling in MySQL.

Queue Buffer—Indicate the size of queue buffer, when APM did last polling.

Queue Buffer Limit—Indicate the maximum value of the queue buffer when APM did last polling.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for query hit ration. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays;

194

when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to “Less than or equal to.”

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the buffer details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the buffer details related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the buffer details of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the buffer details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer details of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the buffer details of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the buffer details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer details of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the buffer details of the MySQL for the time being.

Table lock statistics/min

The Table Lock Statistics/min information is shown as Figure 144.

Figure 144 Table lock statistic/min -MySQL


• The curve graph displays the table lock statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the table lock statistics trend in the specified time



• Table Lock Statistics/min chart—This chart default displays the lock status per minute. The green color stands for locking immediately, orange color stands for locking wait.




195

Lock Immediately—Indicate the number of the table lock which can be released immediately in MySQL when APM did the last polling.

Lock Wait—Indicate the number of the waiting locks when APM did the last polling.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the table lock statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the lock statistics related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the lock statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the lock statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock statistics of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the lock statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the lock statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the table lock statistics of the MySQL for the time being.

SQL operation statistics/min

The SQL Operation Statistics/min information is shown as Figure 145.

Figure 145 SQL operation statistics/min-MySQL


• The curve graph displays the SQL operation statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the SQL operation statistics trend in the specified



• SQL Operation Statistics/min chart—Indicate the times of SQL operations per minute. Green color stands for delete operation; Orange color stands for insert operation; Blue color stands for select operation, brown color stands for update operation.


196



Delete—APM statistics the number of the Delete command lines which are operating per minute.

Insert—APM statistics the number of the Insert command lines which are operating per minute.

Select—APM statistics the number of the Select SQL command lines which are operating per minute.

Update—APM statistics the number of the Update command lines which are operating per minute.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the SQL operation statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SQL operation statistics related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SQL operation statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SQL operation statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL operation statistics of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the SQL operation statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SQL operation statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL operation statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SQL operation statistics of the MySQL for the time being.

Database detail

The Database Detail is shown as Figure 146.

Figure 146 Database detail-MySQL


• Database—Indicate the name of the database when APM does polling.

• Size—Indicate the size of the database of the disk space.

• Tables—Indicate the number of the tables contained in the database.

• Click More in the right bottom to open the Database Details page, which the operator can check more details about database.

197

Oracle Oracle is one of the database management system developed by Oracle Company. As one of the important parts of the service, the performance and stability can impact the service applications directly, so APM supports the monitor function to Oracle.

APM can monitor Oracle 8.x，9i，10g，11g version, and Oracle stand-alone and RAC . This chapter will specify introduce how to add/modify an Oracle application monitor and Oracle application monitor report.

Adding a Oracle application monitor APM monitors the Oracle by server port (default value is 1521). You should be aware of the following points when you add the application monitors:

• The host which installed the Oracle should be joined the IMC platform. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide.

• The user should have an Oracle authentication, and get a user name and password before login.

To add Oracle application monitor:


2. The operator can inter the Add Application page from the two ways:

Select Application Management > Add Application in the menu. The page displays all of the application types which can be monitored by APM.

Select Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays the Application Monitor list. Click Add button.

3. Click Oracle of the Database Server monitor class, enter to the “Add-SQL Server” page.

4. In the Name textbox, input the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, you are better to use “application name_host IP address” as the application monitor name.


6. Click Select button, the Select Devices dialogue box pops up. Select to install the Oracle Host.

7. Input the Oracle service port in the Port textbox, the default value is 1521.


9. Select the Oracle running mode in the Monitor mode dropdown list. The available option includes: stand-alone and rac.

10. To the stand-alone mode Oracle, put the instance name of Oracle in the Database Instance Name textbox. To the rac mode, put the service name of Oracle in the Database Instance Name textbox.

11. Input the Oracle administrator’s username and password in the User Name and Password textbox. If you are the system user, the user name should set as sys as sysdba。


198

13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Oracle in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications when you select the related applications for the Oracle, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.



Modifying an Oracle application monitor When the operators do the operation of modifying Oracle application monitor, the operators can change the parameters exclude the IP address. If the Oracle IP address is changed, the operators can only add the Oracle application monitor again.

To modify Oracle application monitor:



3. Click the modify icon , enter the Modify application-Oracle page.

4. Type in the Name in the textbox to modify the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, the name format as “Application name_Host IP address” Modify the application monitor name is preferred as the application monitor name.

5. Modify the Description information in the textbox, the specific description is helpful for the operator to manage.

6. IP Address is not allowed to modify.

7. Modify the Oracle service port in the Port textbox, the default value is 1521.


9. Select the Oracle running mode in the Monitor mode dropdown list. The available option includes: stand-alone and rac.

10. To the stand-alone mode Oracle, put the instance name of Oracle database in the Database Instance Name textbox. To the rac mode, put the service name of Oracle in the Database Instance Name textbox.

11. Input the Oracle administrator’s username and password in the User Name and Password textbox. If you are the system user, the user name should set as sys as sysdba。


199

13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Oracle in the application topology.

NOTE:

You cannot select the applications when you select the related applications for the Oracle, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues.



Oracle application monitor reports When you complete the operation of adding APM begins to collect the monitor indexes and then calculate the availability and health status. The operator can learn more detail on the application monitor index from the Oracle application report.

To visit Oracle application monitor report:



3. Click the link named as Oracle, the Oracle application monitor report page pops up, shown in Figure 147.

Figure 147 Oracle application monitor report(Part)

• The name of the application monitor is Oracle_192.168.0.238.

• The current health status of Oracle is Healthy（）. When the current health status shows Unhealthy, click the Healthy icon to view the warning details and reasons analysis.

• Click the Fresh icon on the top of the page to renew the current report data.

The content of the report includes:

“Summary” page includes:

Monitor Information

200

Availability Today

Database Details

Connection Time

SGA Status

SGA Details

Rollback Segment

“Tablespace” page includes:

Details

Status

Performance Index

“Session” page includes:

Session Details

Waiting Sessions

Monitor information

The Monitor Information is shown in Figure 148.

Figure 148 Monitor information-Oracle


• Name—Indicate the name of application monitor.

• Health Status—Indicate the current health status of Oracle.

• IP Address—Indicate the Oracle IP address.

• Application Type—Indicate the type of the application, Oracle.

• Oracle Version—Indicate the version of Oracle.

• Oracle Start Time—Indicate the start date and time of Oracle.

• Port—Indicate the service port of Oracle.

• Last Polling Time—Indicate the time when APM did last polling.

201

• Relationship—Click the Relationship icon to open the Oracle application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between Oracle and the other applications.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—The last 5 unrecovered alarm in Oracle. If there is no application for the alarm, it does not display this alarm. The warning colors stand for the levels of the alarms, yellow stands for minor warning, red stands for critical warning and orange stands for major warning.

Availability today

The Availability Today is shown in Figure 149.

Figure 149 Availability today-Oracle

• Fresh—click the Fresh icon to update the detail.

• Availability Today chart-Indicate the percentage of the status for Oracle. Put the mouse on the segment to view the percentage of each status.

• Current Availability—The availability of Oracle when APM did last polling.

Click “7 days history” icon to view the Oracle availability of the last 7 days. The calculation unit is hour; remove the mouse to the collecting points to view the specific data.

Click” 30 days history” icon to view the Oracle availability of the last 30 days. The calculation unit is day; remove the mouse to the collecting points to view the specific data.

• Available—Indicate the accumulative time which is working available from the current day 0:00 for Oracle.

• Unavailable—Indicate the accumulative time which is working unavailable from the current day 0:00 for Oracle.

• Inaccessible—Indicate the accumulative time which is inaccessibly from the current day 0:00 for Oracle.

• Unmanaged—Indicate the accumulative time which is unmanaged from the current day 0:00 for Oracle.

For the new added application monitor, the Available Time, Unavailable Time and Unmanaged Time begin to work, if one of the element is 0, it does not display in the report.

202

Database details

The Database Details are shown as Figure 150.

Figure 150 Database details-Oracle


• Attribute and Value- Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include:

Creation Time—Indicate the time when Oracle installation is completed.

Open Mode—Indicate the current open mode for Oracle. Open Modes include: Read only mode and the Read Write. If you want to modify the open mode, please restart Oracle.

Logging Mode—Indicate the current logging mode for Oracle. The logging modes include NOARCHIVELOG mode and ARCHIVELOG mode.

a. ARCHIVELOG—When Oracle does the log switch, the old log sends to the assigned path, before that the old log cannot be covered by the new one.

b. NOARCHIVELOG—When Oracle does the log transformation, the old log is covered by the new one.

Free Memory—Indicate the free memory which can be used in SGA when APM did the last polling.

Size—Indicate all of the size of data file in Oracle.

Block Size—Indicate the default standard block size in Oracle.

Average Execution Times—Indicate the average execution times of the SQL command line when APM did last polling in Oracle.

Reads—Indicate the physical read times when APM did last polling in Oracle.

Writes—Indicate the physical write times when APM did last polling in Oracle.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for database details. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that

203

the higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to “Less than or equal to.”

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the database details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the database details related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the database details of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the database details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the database details of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the database details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the database details of the Oracle for the time being.

Connection time

The Connection Time is shown as Figure 151.

Figure 151 Connection time-Oracle


• The curve graph displays the connection time trend of the Oracle in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the connection time trend in the specified time period.

Click the Last 1 hour icon , the Last 6 hours icon , the Today icon , the Yesterday icon

, the This week icon , the This month icon , or the This year icon to select a time period.

• Connection Time chart—Indicate the trend of the connect time in one hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points.


Connection Time—Indicate the connection time on connecting when APM did last polling.

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for connect time. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the

204

higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to “Less than or equal to.”

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the connection time related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the connection time related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the connection time of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the connection time related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the connection time of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the connection time trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the connection time of the Oracle for the time being.

SGA status

The SGA Status is shown in Figure 152.

When Oracle is starting, the memory will dispute one share space which is called as System Global Area (SGA).

Figure 152 SGA status-Oracle


• SGA Status—This chart displays the hit ration of the SGA buffer areas. Put the mouse on the chart to view the specific details.


Buffer Hit Ration—Indicate the percentage in the buffer area when APM did the last polling.

Dictionary Hit Ration—Indicate the percentage in the dictionary cache when APM did the last polling.

Database Hit Ration—Indicate the percentage in the library cache when APM did the last polling.

205

Free Memory—Indicate the free memory of SGA when APM did the last polling.。

Click the “threshold value setting” icon to set the warning threshold value for SGA state. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to “Less than or equal to.”

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the SGA state related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SGA state related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SGA state of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SGA state related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA state of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the SGA state of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SGA state trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA state of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SGA state of the Oracle for the time being.

SGA details

This SGA Details are shown in Figure 153.

Figure 153 SGA details-Oracle

• Fresh—click the fresh icon to update the detail.


Buffer—Indicate the size of buffered cache in the SGA space when APM did the last polling.

Fixed Area—Indicate the fixed size in the SGA space when APM did the last polling.

REDO Log Area—Indicate the size of redo log in the SGA space when APM did the last polling.

Shared Pool—Indicate the size of shared pool in the SGA space when APM did the last polling.

206

Database Buffer—Indicate the size of library cache in the SGA space when APM did the last polling.

Dictionary Buffer—Indicate the size of library cache in the SGA space when APM did the last polling.

SQL Area—Indicate the size of SQL Area in the SGA space when APM did the last polling.

History Record—Click the History Record icon to view the SGA detail related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SGA detail related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SGA detail of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SGA detail related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA detail of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the SGA detail of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SGA detail trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA detail of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SGA detail of the Oracle for the time being.

Rollback

Rollback is shown in Figure 154.

Figure 154 Rollback-Oracle


• Segment—Indicate the name of the rollback segment.

• Table space—Indicate the name of the table space.

• Status— Indicate the status of rollback segment, include: ONLINE,PENDING OFFLINE and OFFLINE.

ONLINE—Indicate the status of segment is ONLINE.

PENDING OFFLINE—Indicate the status of segment is offline but there are still some activities using the rollback segment.

OFFLINE—Indicate the status of PENDING OFFLINE segment when the activities are finished.

• Current Size—Indicate the size of the rollback segment.

• Current Blocks—Indicate the number of the current blocks used by rollback segment.

• Initial Extent Segment—Indicate the size of the first extent segment distribute for rollback segment.

• Next Extent Segment—Indicate the size the second extent segment distribute for rollback segment.

• Min Extent Segment—Indicate the number of the minimum extent segment distribute for rollback segment.

207

• Max Extent Segment—Indicate the number of the maximum extent segment distribute for rollback segment.

• Rollback Segment Get—Indicate the times of getting rollback segment.

• Rollback Segment Wait—Indicate the wait times of the rollback segment.

• HWM—Indicate the High-water Mark of the rollback segment. HWM stands for the position of the last data module in the current segment.

• Shrinks—Indicate the shrink times of the rollback segment.

• Wraps—Indicate the warp times of the rollback segment.

• Extents—Indicate the extent times of rollback segment.

• Hit Ratio—Indicate the success rate of Rollback Segment Get. Hit Ratio = the number of Rollback Segment Get / (Rollback Segment Get+ Rollback Segment Wait) *100%.

Table space details

The Table Space Details are shown in Figure 155.

Figure 155 Table space details-Oracle


• Table space—Indicate the name of the table space.

• Allocated Bytes—Indicate the size of the table space when APM did last polling.

• Allocated Blocks—Indicate the number of the allocate blocks when APM did last polling.

• Data Files—Indicate the number of the data files contained in the table space when APM did the last polling.

Status

The Status is shown in Figure 156.

Figure 156 Status-Oracle


• Table space—Indicate the name of table space.

208

• Status—Indicate the status of the table space when APM did the last polling. The status include：ONLINE, OFFLINE, and INVALID.

• Free Bytes—Indicate the free space which can be used in the table space when APM did the last polling.

• Free Blocks—Indicate the number of the free blocks which can be used in the table space when APM did the last polling.

• Reads—Indicate the times of reading of the table space when APM did the last polling.

• Writes—Indicate the times of writing of the table space when APM did the last polling.

• Read Time—Indicate the calculated reading time of the table space from Oracle start to the last polling.

• Write Time—Indicate the calculated writing time of the table space from Oracle start to the last polling.

Performance index

The Performance Index details are shown as Figure 157.

Figure 157 Performance Index-Oracle


• Data File—Indicate the name and path of the Oracle data file.

• Table space—Indicate the table space of the data file location. One data file only can locate in one table space.

• Status—Indicate the status of the data file when APM did the last polling.

• Created Bytes—Indicate the size of the data file when APM did the last polling.

• Reads—Indicate the times that files read the data when APM did the last polling.

• Writes—Indicate the times that files write the data when APM did the last polling.

• Average Read Time—Indicate the average time that files read the data when APM did the last polling.

• Average Write Time—Indicate the average time that files write the data when APM did the last polling.

Details

The Details are shown as Figure 158.

209

Figure 158 Details-Oracle


• ID—Indicate the ID in details.

• Status—Indicate the status when APM is doing the last polling

• Computer—Indicate the name of the computer which sets session with Oracle when APM did last polling.

• Username—Indicate the user name when it sets session with Oracle.

• Elapsed Time—Indicate the time when the session is set during APM did last polling.

• CPU Usage Time—Indicate the time that session occupy the CPU during APM did the last polling.

• Memory Sorts—Indicate the times of the memory sorted by user during the session when APM did the last polling.

• Table Scans—Indicate the times of the user to do the table scan operation during the session when APM did the last polling.

• Physical Reads—Indicate the times of the physical read by user during the session when APM did the last polling.

• Logical Reads—Indicate the times of the logical read by user during the session when APM did the last polling.

• Submit—Indicate the times of user submission during the session when APM did the last polling. The number of submitting when user is during the session.

• Cursor—Indicate the number of the cursor used by user in the session when APM did the last polling.

• Buffer Hit Ratio—Indicate the buffer hit ratio when APM did the last polling. The session logical ratio that happens in the buffer area.

• Click More in the right bottom to open the Session Details page, which the operator can check more details about session.

Waiting sessions

Waiting sessions are shown in Figure 159.

210

Figure 159 Waiting sessions-Oracle


• ID—Indicate the ID in the waiting status.

• Username— Indicate the user name when it connected session with Oracle.

• Description—describe the session which is waiting for or the last waiting event.

• Events Occurred—Indicate the total session events when APM did last polling.

• Status—Indicate the session waiting status when APM did the last polling. The available status is WAITING and WAITED UNKNOWN TIME.

WAITING—The session is waiting.

WAITED UNKNOWN TIME—The time slot of session waited is unknown.

• Type—The type of session. BACKGROUND means this session is made in the background. USER means this session made by user.

Wait Seconds—Indicate the time of session waiting when APM did the last polling.

211

11 Application server monitor

This chapter describes how to add and modify the .NET application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report.

.NET server .NET is the Microsoft XML Web services platform. XML Web services allow applications to communicate and share data through the Internet, regardless of operating systems or programming languages. With the Microsoft .NET platform, you can create XML Web services and integrate the services as needed.

Adding a .NET server application monitor APM can monitor .NET servers only through WMI. When you add a .NET application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The Windows Server host on which the .NET server is installed must be configured and enabled with WMI. For information about enabling WMI for Windows Server, see Microsoft Windows Server online help.

• The .NET server host must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• APM must be installed on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password.

To add a .NET server application monitor:






3. Click .NET Server of the Application Server Monitor class.

The page for adding a .NET server application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the .NET server is installed in the Select Devices window. For


212


Username—Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host.



Password—Enter the password of the administrator.

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the .NET server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying a .NET server application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a .NET server application monitor. If the IP address of the .NET server host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host.

To modify a .NET server application monitor:






3. Click the Modify icon for the .NET server application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the .NET server application monitor appears.









213



Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the .NET server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between the .NET server and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the .NET server application monitor report After you add a .NET server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtains monitor indexes for .NET server by viewing the monitor report.

To access the .NET server application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of the .NET server application monitor whose report you want to view.

The monitor report of .NET server appears, as shown in Figure 160.

Figure 160 Part of an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named DotNet_172.8.21.5. The health status of the .NET server application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon

appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon .

The monitor report contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections.

214

Monitor Information

The Monitor Information area layout is shown in Figure 161.



• Refresh icon—Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area.


• Health State—Health status of the .NET server application.

• IP Address—IP address of the .NET server host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always .NET Server.

• Relationship icon —Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the .NET server and other applications in a topology view.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the .NET server application.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the .NET server. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the .NET server.

Availability Today


215




• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the .NET server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the .NET server in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the .NET server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the.NET server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the .NET server since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the .NET server since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the .NET server since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the .NET server since 00:00 today.


.NET Memory

The .NET Memory area shows the CPU usage of Garbage Collector (GC) and the heap size of the .NET server. The GC performs garbage collection periodically according to the .NET server heap size. If the GC is running abnormally, the performance of the .NET server can be degraded. The .NET Memory area layout is shown in Figure 163.

216

Figure 163 .NET Memory area layout

The .NET Memory area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the CPU usage in GC trend graph shows the CPU usage trend of GC over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• CPU usage in GC trend graph—Shows the CPU usage trend of GC over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage of GC at the specific time point.

• Attribute/Data—Monitor index name and data.

CPU Usage in GC—CPU usage of GC in the last polling interval. Heap Memory—Heap memory size in the last polling interval.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the heap memory size. The heap memory size is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to for a monitor index to view trend statistics of history CPU usage of GC or heap memory size in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon

on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view statistics of the monitor index at the specific time point.

.NET Thread

The .NET Thread area layout is shown in Figure 164.

217

Figure 164 .NET Thread area layout

The .NET Thread area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the .NET threads trend graph shows the number of .NET threads running on the .NET server over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• .NET threads trend graph—Shows changes of the number of .NET threads (including physical threads and logical threads) running on the .NET server over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of physical or logical threads at the specific time point. Click the icon name of a monitor index to show or hide the monitor index in the graph.


Physical Threads—Number of native OS threads created and managed by the .NET server to act as underlying threads for .NET thread objects in the last polling interval.

Logical Threads—Number of current .NET thread objects created and managed by the .NET server in the last polling interval.

Total Connections—Total number of failure attempts made by the threads in the Common Language Runtime (CLR) to acquire a managed lock in the last polling interval.

Thread Queue Length—Total number of threads in all the .NET applications waiting to acquire a managed lock in the last polling interval.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the number of physical threads. The physical thread data is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for a monitor index to view trend statistics of the physical threads, logical threads, total connections, or thread queue length in a line graph. By

218

default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon

, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view statistics of the monitor index at the specific time point.

.NET Abnormablity

The .NET Abnormality area layout is shown in Figure 165.

Figure 165 .NET Abnormality area layout

The .NET Abnormality area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the thrown abnormalities trend graph shows the number of thrown abnormalities over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• Thrown abnormalities trend graph—Shows the number of thrown abnormalities over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of thrown abnormalities at the specific time point.


Thrown Abnormalities—Total number of thrown abnormalities since the .NET server started in the last polling interval.

History icon —Click the History icon to view trend statistics of the number of thrown abnormalities of the .NET server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average number of thrown abnormalities. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of thrown abnormalities at the specific time point.

219

JIT

Just In Time (JIT) is the .NET framework just in time compiler which converts the Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL) to native code on an as needed basis. CPU usage is a major indicator of JIT. The JIT area layout is shown in Figure 166.

Figure 166 JIT area layout

The JIT area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the CPU usage in JIT trend graph shows the CPU usage trend of JIT over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• CPU usage in JIT trend graph—Shows the CPU usage trend of JIT over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage at the specific time point.


CPU Usage in JIT—CPU usage of JIT in the last polling interval.

History icon —Click the History icon to view trend statistics of history CPU usage of JIT in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon

, This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratios at the specific time point.

Security

The Security area layout is shown in Figure 167.

220

Figure 167 Security area layout

The Security area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the total checks during runtime trend graph shows changes of the total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks performed by the .NET server over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today

, Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• Total runtime check trend graph—Shows changes of the total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks performed by the .NET server over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the total number of runtime CAS checks at the specific time point.


Total Checks During Runtime—Total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks performed by the .NET server since the server started in the last polling interval.

History icon —Click the History icon to view history trend graph of the total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon

on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the Total Checks During Runtime monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the total number of runtime CAS checks at the specific time point.

.NET Application

The .NET Application area layout is shown in Figure 168.

Figure 168 .NET Application area layout

The .NET Application area contains the following fields:


• Name—Name of the application. The __Total__ entry displays the summary information of all applications.

221

• Waiting Transactions—Number of COM+ transactions that are in waiting or suspended states in the last polling interval.

• Errors—Number of errors occurred during processing HTTP requests in the last polling interval, including parser errors, compile errors, and runtime errors. Typically, errors do not occur during normal operation.

• Requests—Number of requests received by the Web applications since the .NET server started in the last polling interval.

• Request Timeouts—Number of timed out requests in the Web applications in the last polling interval.

• Application Queue Requests—Number of requests added to the queue since the .NET server started in the last polling interval.

• Sent Request Bytes—Number of bytes sent by the Web applications in the last polling interval.

• Received Request Bytes—Number of bytes received by the Web applications in the last polling interval.

• Active Sessions—Number of active sessions in the Web applications in the last polling interval.

• Transactions—Number of COM+ transactions that have started in the Web applications in the last polling interval.

• Aborted Transactions—Number of COM+ transactions aborted in the Web applications in the last polling interval.

222

12 Web server monitor

Application type—Web server monitor can monitor the following types of server:

• Apache server

• IIS server

• PHP

This chapter describes how to add these types of application monitor and the details of application monitor reports.

Apache server As a stable, powerful, open-source Web server, Apache is widely used in the Internet.

APM can monitor Apache 2.X. This section describes how to add an Apache server application monitor and the details of Apache server application monitor reports.

Configuring the Apache server APM monitors an Apache server through the Web service port (TCP 80 by default) of the Apache server. To use APM to monitor the Apache server, make sure the Apache server is loaded with the status module (mod_status.so). This section describes how to configure the Apache server and make the server correctly load the status module.

1. Use a file editor to open the Apache configuration file, http.conf.

2. Remove the number sign (#) in the front of the line displaying LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so.

3. Add the following segment to the configuration file: <location /server-status>

SetHandler server-status

Order Deny,Allow

Allow from all

</location>

ExtendedStatus On

If the configuration segment already exists in the configuration file, remove the number sign (#) in the front of the configuration segment, and modify the configuration segment into the segment above.

4. Save the configuration file, and restart the Apache server.

Adding an Apache server application monitor When you add an Apache server application monitor, follow these guidelines:

• Make sure the host installed with the Apache server is already added to the IMC platform. For how to add a host to the IMC platform, IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

223

• Make sure the Apache server is loaded with the status module (mod_status.so). For how to configure the Apache server and make the server load the status module, see Configuring the Apache server.

To add an Apache server application monitor:






3. Click Apache Server of the Web Server Monitor class.

The page for adding an Apache server application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the target host where the Apache server is installed in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the port through which the Apache server provides Web services. The port is 80 by default.



Related Application—Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the Apache server depends on, and click OK. You can view all the dependent applications of the Apache server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the Apache server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux.


5. Click OK.

Modifying an Apache server application monitor When you modify an Apache server application monitor, you can modify all parameters except the IP address of the Apache server application monitor. If the IP address of the Apache server changes, you must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an Apache server application monitor:


224



3. Click the Modify icon for the Apache server application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying an Apache server application monitor appears.


• Name—Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor.

• Description—Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance.

• IP Address—This field cannot be modified.

• Port—Enter the Apache Web service port. The port is 80 by default.

• Polling Interval (min)—Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance.

• Contact—Enter the contact information, such as name, email address, and telephone number.

• Related Application—Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the Apache server depends on, and click OK. To delete dependent applications of the Apache server, select the applications that you want to delete in the Related Application field, and click Delete to the right of the Related Application field. You can view all the dependent applications of the Apache server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the Apache server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux.

• Detect Application—Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection.

5. Click OK.

Viewing the Apache server application monitor report After you add an Apache server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Through the Apache server application monitor report, operators can obtain monitor indexes of the application.

To access the Apache server application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of an Apache server application monitor whose report you want to view.

The Apache server application monitor report appears, as shown in Figure 169.

225

Figure 169 Part of an Apache server application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Apache_172.8.21.5. The health status of the Apache server is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .


Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the Apache server.

• IP Address—IP address of the Apache server.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Apache Server.

• Port—Port through which the Apache server provides Web services.

226

• Version–Version of Apache.

• Service Uptime—Uptime of the Apache server when APM last polled the Apache server.

• Total Bytes—Number of bytes of the page requests received by the Apache server when APM last polled the Apache server.

• Total Accesses—Number of page requests received by the Apache server when APM last polled the Apache server.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the Apache server.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the Apache server and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Apache server. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the Apache server. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms.

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the Apache server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the Apache server in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the Apache server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages

of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that hour.

To view the availability of the Apache server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

227

• Available Time—Total available time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today.


Request Number

The Request Number area layout is shown in Figure 172.

Figure 172 Request Number area layout

The Request Number area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour icon —The per-second request number trend graph shows the trend of the per-second request numbers in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday , This week , This month , or This year from the list.

• Per-second request number trend graph—Shows the trend of the per-second request numbers in a line chart. To view the per-second request number of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Requests/Sec—Average number of requests received by the Apache server per second from the startup time of the Apache server to the time when APM last polled the Apache server.

Bytes/Sec—Average number of bytes received by the Apache server per second from the startup time of the Apache server to the time when APM last polled the Apache server.

Bytes/Request—Average size of requests received by the Apache server.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold for a monitor index to set the alarm thresholds for the monitor index. When the level-1 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in yellow. When the level-2 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in red. You can use either user-defined thresholds or the global thresholds.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history monitor index trend for the Apache server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the request number index data is collected at the polling interval of the

228

Apache server. When Yesterday, This week, or This month is selected, the request number index data is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for each index. When This Year is selected, the request number index data is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for each index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

IIS server IIS is a Web server developed by Microsoft, and provides Web services on Windows servers. Applications such as Exchange and ASP use the Web services provided by IIS.

APM can monitor IIS 6.0 or later versions. This section describes how to add an IIS server application monitor and the details of IIS server application monitor reports.

Adding an IIS server application monitor APM monitors the IIS server performance through WMI. When you monitor whether IIS can be normally accessed through the Web service port and add an IIS server application monitor, follow these guidelines:

• You must configure and enable WMI on the host (Windows server) installed with the IIS server. For how to enable the WMI for the Windows server, see the Windows server online help.

• Make sure the host installed with the IIS server is already added to the IMC platform. For how to add a host to the IMC platform, IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• To monitor the IIS server through WMI, install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password.

To add an IIS server application monitor:





Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. Click Add on the application monitor list page.

3. Click IIS Server of the Web Server Monitor class.

The page for adding an IIS server application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the target host where IIS is installed in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the port through which IIS provides Web services. The port is 80 by default.


229


Username/Password—Enter the username and password of the host administrator.



Related Application—Click Add. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the IIS server depends on, and click OK. You can view all the dependent applications of the IIS server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the IIS server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux.


5. Click OK.

Modifying an IIS server application monitor When you modify an IIS server application monitor, you can modify all parameters except the IP address of the IIS server application monitor. If the IP address of the IIS server changes, you must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an IIS server application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the IIS server application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying an IIS server application monitor appears.





Port—Enter the IIS Web service port. The port is 80 by default.



Username/Password—Enter the username and password of the host administrator.



230

Related Application—Click Add. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the IIS server depends on, and click OK. To delete dependent applications of the IIS server, select the applications that you want to delete in the Related Application field, and click Delete to the right of the Related Application field. You can view all the dependent applications of the IIS server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the IIS server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux.

Detect Application—Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection.

5. Click OK.

Viewing the IIS server application monitor report After you add an IIS server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Through the IIS server application monitor report, operators can obtain monitor indexes of the application.

To access the IIS server application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of an IIS server application monitor whose report you want to view.

The IIS server application monitor report appears, as shown in Figure 173.

Figure 173 Part of an IIS server application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named IIS_192.168.20.105. The health status of the IIS server is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .

The monitor report contains the multiple areas, as shown in Figure 174, which are described in the following sections.

231

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the IIS server.

• IP Address—IP address of the IIS server.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always IIS Server.

• Service Uptime—Service uptime of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the IIS server.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the IIS server and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the IIS server. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms.

Availability Today


232




• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the IIS server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the IIS server in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the IIS server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the IIS server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today.


Connections

The Connections area layout is shown in Figure 176.

233

Figure 176 Connections area layout

The Connections area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour icon —The per-second connection number trend graph shows the trend of the per-second connection numbers in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday , This week , This month , or This year from the list.

• Connection number trend graph—Shows the connection number trend in a line graph. To view the per-second connection number of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Connections—Number of connections between the clients and the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server.

History Record icon —Click the History Data icon to view the trend statistics of the history connection number in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon

, This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the connection number of the IIS server is collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the connection number of the IIS server is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the connection number of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

HTTP

The HTTP area layout is shown in Figure 177.

234

Figure 177 HTTP area layout

The HTTP area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour —The HTTP response time trend graph shows the trend of the HTTP response time in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon , and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday , This week , This month , or This year from the list.

• HTTP response time trend graph—Shows the trend of the HTTP response time in the last hour by default. To view the HTTP response time of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Response Time—HTTP response time of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server.

Reachable—Whether the IIS server is reachable when APM last polled the IIS server.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set the alarm thresholds for the response time index. With the thresholds enabled, the thresholds are displayed as broken lines in the trend graph: the level-1 threshold is displayed in yellow, and the level-2 threshold is displayed in red. When the level-1 alarm threshold is reached, the response time is highlighted in yellow. When the level-2 alarm threshold is reached, the response time is highlighted in red. You can use either user-defined thresholds or the global thresholds.

History Record icon —Click the History Data icon to view the statistics of the history HTTP response time trend in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon

, This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Yesterday, This week, or This month is selected, the response time of the IIS server is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the HTTP response time. When This Year is selected, the HTTP response time of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the HTTP response time. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

Access Information

The Access Information area layout is shown in Figure 178.

235

Figure 178 Access Information area layout

The Access Information area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour icon —The receive/send rate trend graph shows the trend of the send/receive rates in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday , This week

, This month , or This year from the list.

• Receive/Send graph—Shows the trend of the receive/send rates in the last hour by default. To view the receive/send of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Send Rate—Data sending rate of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server.

Receive Rate—Data receiving rate of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server.

Total Rate—Data transmitting rate of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. The total rate is approximately the sum of the send rate and the receive rate.

History Record icon —Click the History Data icon for a monitor index to view the statistics of the history access information trend in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon

on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the access information of the IIS server is collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the access information of the IIS server are collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the access information of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

File Information

The File Information area layout is shown in Figure 179.

236

Figure 179 File Information area layout

The File Information area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour icon —The file send/receive rate trend graph shows the trend of the file send/receive rates in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday

, This week , This month , or This year from the list.

• File Receive/Send graph—Shows the trend of the file receive/send rates in the last hour by default. To view the file receive/send of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Files Sent/Sec—Files sent per second by the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server.

Files Received/Sec—Files received per second by the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server.

Files Processed/Sec—Files processed per second by the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. The file process rate is approximately the sum of the file sending rate and the file receiving rate.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history file information trend for the IIS server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon

, Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the file receive/send of the IIS server is collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the file receive/send rate of the IIS server is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the file receive/send rate of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

237

Anonymous Access

The Anonymous Access area layout is shown in Figure 180.

Figure 180 Anonymous Access area layout

The Anonymous Access area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour icon —The anonymous access trend graph shows the trend of the anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday , This week , This month , or This year from the list.

• Anonymous access trend graph—Shows the trend of the anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To view the index data of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Anonymous Accesses—The number of users accessing the IIS server by using anonymous connections when APM last polled the IIS server.

Anonymous Accesses/Sec—The number of users accessing the IIS server by using anonymous connections per second when APM last polled the IIS server.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the anonymous access trend for the IIS server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

238

Non-anonymous Access

The Non-anonymous Access area layout is shown in Figure 181.

Figure 181 Non-Anonymous Access area layout

The Non-Anonymous Access area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour —The non-anonymous access trend graph shows the trend of the non-anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday , This week , This month , or This year from the list.

• Non-anonymous access trend graph—Shows the trend of the non-anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To view the index data of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Non-Anonymous Accesses—The number of users accessing the IIS server by using non-anonymous connections when APM last polled the IIS server.

Non-Anonymous Accesses/Sec—The number of users accessing the IIS server by using non-anonymous connections per second when APM last polled the IIS server.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the non-anonymous access trend for the IIS server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon

, Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the non-anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the non-anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the non-anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

239

PHP Hypertext Preprocessor (PHP) is a scripting language embedded in the HTML text, and is usually used to develop Web programs. When a user accesses Web pages developed by using the PHP language, the Web server first delivers the Web pages with the PHP language embedded to the PHP service for parsing, and then sends the parsed pages to the user. APM can monitor the PHP service which is responsible for parsing pages.

This section describes how to add a PHP application monitor and the details of PHP application monitor reports.

Adding a PHP application monitor APM monitors whether PHP is running properly through the Web service port (TCP 80 by default). APM requests for PHP pages from the Web server, and determines whether the PHP service can normally parse the PHP pages according to the returned results.

When you add a PHP application monitor, make sure that the host installed with PHP is already added to the IMC platform. For how to add a host to the IMC platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

To add a PHP application monitor:





Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. Click Add on the application monitor list page.

3. Click PHP of the Web Server Monitor class.

The page for adding a PHP application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the target host where PHP is installed in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the Web service port number, which is 80 by default.


Relative Path—Enter the relative path of the PHP page, which starts with a slash (/). The URL of a PHP page is in the format of http://+<IP address>+relative path, for example, http://10.154.240.55/index.php, where the relative path is /index.php.


Related Application—Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that PHP depends on, and click OK. You can view all the dependent applications of PHP in the application topology. When you select dependent

240

applications for PHP, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux.


5. Click OK.

Modifying a PHP application monitor When you modify a PHP application monitor, you can modify all parameters except the IP address of the PHP application monitor. If the IP address of PHP changes, you must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify a PHP application monitor:


Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors.

2. Click the Modify icon for the PHP application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying a PHP application monitor appears.





Port—Enter the Web service port number, which is 80 by default.


Relative Path—Enter the relative path of the PHP page, which starts with a slash (/). The URL of a PHP page is in the format of http://+<IP address>+relative path, for example, http://10.154.240.55/index.php, where the relative path is /index.php.


Related Application—Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that PHP depends on, and click OK. To delete dependent applications of PHP, select the applications that you want to delete in the Related Application field, and click Delete to the right of the Related Application field. You can view all the dependent applications of PHP in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for PHP, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux.

Detect Application—Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not

241

select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection.

4. Click OK.

Viewing the PHP application monitor report After you add the PHP application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Through the PHP application monitor report, operators can obtain monitor indexes of the application.

To access the PHP application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of a PHP application monitor whose report you want to view.

The PHP application monitor report appears, as shown in Figure 182.

Figure 182 Part of a PHP application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named PHP_10.154.240.55. The health status of PHP is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon

.


242

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of PHP.

• IP Address—IP address of the Web server which can parse PHP.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always PHP.

• Port—Port through which the Web server provides services.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the IIS server.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between PHP and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on PHP. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms.

Availability Today


243




• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for PHP today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of PHP when APM last polled PHP.

To view the availability of PHP in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of PHP in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of PHP since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of PHP since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of PHP since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of PHP since 00:00 today.


Response Time

The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure 185.

244

Figure 185 Response Time area layout

The Response Time area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 hour icon —The response time trend graph shows the trend of the response time in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour , Today , Yesterday , This week , This month , or This year from the list.

• PHP response time trend graph—Shows the trend of the PHP response time in the last hour by default. To view the response time of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve.


Response Time—Response time of PHP when APM last polled PHP. Response time refers to the length of time it takes for APM to send a request to PHP plus the length of time it takes for APM to receive the PHP response.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set the alarm thresholds for the response time index. With the thresholds enabled, the thresholds are displayed as broken lines in the response time trend graph: the level-1 threshold is displayed in yellow, and the level-2 threshold is displayed in red. When the level-1 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in yellow. When the level-2 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in red. You can use either user-defined thresholds or the global thresholds.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon for to view statistics of the history response time trend of PHP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon

, This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the PHP response time is collected at the polling interval of PHP. When Yesterday, This week, or This month is selected, the PHP response time is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the PHP response time. When This Year is selected, the PHP response time is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the PHP response time. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point.

245

13 Mail server monitor

APM supports monitoring the following mail servers:

• Exchange Server 2003

• Exchange Server 2007

• POP3

• SMTP

This chapter describes how to add and modify mail server application monitors and helps you view relevant monitor reports.

Exchange Server 2003 The Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 provides mail services for domain users by cooperating with Active Directory. It supports SMTP, POP3, and IMAP4 mail protocols.

This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for Exchange Server 2003 and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor APM monitors the Exchange Server 2003 application only through WMI. When you add the application monitor for Exchange Server 2003, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: • The Windows Server hosts on which Exchange Server 2003 is installed must be configured and

enabled with WMI. For information about enabling WMI for Windows Server, see Microsoft Windows Server online help.

• The Exchange Server 2003 hosts must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.


To add an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor:






3. Click Exchange 2003 of the Mail Server Monitor class.

The page for adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor appears.



246


IP Address—Click Select and select the target host where Exchange Server 2003 is installed in the Select Devices window.







Exchange Service—Select the Exchange services whose states are to be monitored by APM. Available services include:

− Microsoft Exchange IMAP4

− Microsoft Exchange Event

− Microsoft Exchange Information Store

− Microsoft Exchange Management

− Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks

− Microsoft Exchange System Attendant

− Microsoft Exchange Site Replication Service

− Microsoft Exchange POP3

− Microsoft Exchange Routing Engine

− Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2003 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor. If the IP address of an Exchange Server 2003 host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor:


247


The application monitor list page appears.

3. Click the Modify icon for the Exchange 2003 application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor appears.




IP Address—This parameter cannot be modified.









− Microsoft Exchange Event


− Microsoft Exchange Management

− Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks


− Microsoft Exchange Site Replication Service


− Microsoft Exchange Routing Engine

− Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2003 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Exchange Server 2003 and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


248

5. Click OK.

Viewing the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report After you add an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Exchange Server 2003 by viewing the monitor report.

To access the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of an Exchange 2003 application monitor.

The monitor report of Exchange Server 2003 appears, as shown in Figure 186.


The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Exchange 2003_192.168.20.208. The health status of the Exchange Server 2003 application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon .


Monitor Information


249




• Health State—Health status of the Exchange Server 2003 application.

• IP Address—IP address of the Exchange Server 2003 host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Exchange 2003.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the Exchange Server 2003 application.

• Relationship icon —Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the Exchange Server 2003 application and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarms—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Exchange Server 2003 host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Exchange Server 2003.

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Exchange Server 2003 today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of Exchange Server 2003 in the last polling period.

To view the availability of Exchange Server 2003 in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

250

To view the availability of Exchange Server 2003 in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today.


IMAP

The IMAP area layout is shown in Figure 189.

Figure 189 IMAP area layout

The IMAP area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the IMAP connection trend graph shows changes of the IMAP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• IMAP connection trend graph—Shows changes of the IMAP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the IMAP connection number at the specific time point.


Current Connections—Number of IMAP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 in the last polling period.

POP

The POP area layout is shown in Figure 190.

251

Figure 190 POP area layout

The POP area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the POP connection trend graph shows changes of the POP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• POP connection trend graph—Shows changes of the POP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the POP connection number at the specific time point.


Current Connections—Number of POP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 in the last polling period.

Mailbox

Exchange Server allows you to organize the Exchange information store into multiple storage groups for mailbox storage and public folder storage management.

• Storage group—A storage group contains log and assistant files to manage the databases that belong to the storage group. An Exchange Server 2003 host supports up to four storage groups, each of which supports up to five databases. Databases apply to mailbox storage and public folder storage.

• Mailbox storage—Stores mailbox data of one or more users.

• Public folder storage—Stores public folder data of one or more users.

The Mailbox area shows the mailbox usage of Exchange Server 2003. If the Exchange Server 2003 host has multiple mailboxes, this area displays the overall usage of them, as shown in Figure 191.

252

Figure 191 Mailbox area layout

The Mailbox area contains the following fields:



Size—Disk space occupied by all mailboxes when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Rx Queue Length—Number of mails in the mailbox receive queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Tx Queue Length—Number of mails in the mailbox transmit queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Active Clients—Number of clients that operated a mailbox in the last 10 minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Total Logins—Number of clients logging in to the mailboxes when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003. The number also includes the system processes.

Logins/Sec—Number of logon requests to the mailboxes per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Recipients Delivered/Min—Number of mails delivered to the recipients per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Messages Delivered/Min—Average number of mails delivered from mailboxes to recipients per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Mmessages Sent/Min—Average number of mails sent to the mailbox transmit queue per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Public Folder

The Public Folder area shows the public folder usage of Exchange Server 2003. If the Exchange Server 2003 host has multiple public folders, this area displays the overall usage of them, as shown in Figure 192.

253

Figure 192 Public Folder area layout

The Public Folder area contains the following fields:



Size—Disk space occupied by all public folders when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Tx Queue Length—Number of mails in the public folder storage transmit queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Rx Queue Length—Number of mails in the public folder storage receive queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Active Clients—Number of clients that operated a public folder in the last 10 minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Total Logins—Number of clients logging in to the public folders when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003. The number also includes the system processes.

Logins/Min—Number of logon requests to the public folders per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Messages Delivered/Min—Average number of mails delivered from public folders to recipients per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Messages Received/Min—Average number of mails received from public folders per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Messages Sent/Min—Average number of mails sent to the public folder transmit queue per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Messages Submitted/Min—Average number of mails submitted to public folders per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Statistics

The Statistics area monitors storage usage of Exchange Server 2003, as shown in Figure 193.

254

Figure 193 Statistics area layout

The Statistics area contains the following fields:


• Attribute/Value—Monitor index name and data. Active Connections—Number of connections to a mailbox or public folder in the last 10

minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Connections—Number of client connections to the Exchange information store when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Active Users—Number of users that have performed operations in the last 10 minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

SRS

The SRS area monitors replications between Exchange Server 2003 servers. The site replication service performs replications between multiple Exchange Server 2003 servers to reduce the server load. The SRS area layout is shown in Figure 194.

Figure 194 SRS area layout

The SRS area contains the following fields:



Uncompleted Replications—Number of replications between sites that have not been completed in the queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Left Replication Updates—Number of received replication updates that have not been applied to the local server when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

AL

The AL area monitors accesses to the address list of Exchange Server 2003. The AL area layout is shown in Figure 195.

255

Figure 195 AL area layout

The AL area contains the following fields:



Address List Queue Length—Address list queue length when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

ES

The ES area monitors notifications or events of Exchange Server 2003. The ES area layout is shown in Figure 196.

Figure 196 ES area layout

The ES area contains the following fields:



Notification Queue—Number of notifications to be processed in the queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

MTA Statistics

The MTA Statistics area monitors operation of the Message Transport Agent (MTA) of Exchange Server 2003. The MTA area layout is shown in Figure 197.

Figure 197 MTA Statistics area layout

The MTA Statistics area contains the following fields:

256



Working Queue Length—Number of mails that have not been processed by MTA in the working queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Bytes/Min—Number of bytes of mails processed by MTA per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Bytes Received/Min—Number of bytes received by MTA through TCP/IP connections per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Bytes Sent/Min—Number of bytes sent by MTA through TCP/IP connections per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Recipient Queues—Total number of recipients of all mails in MTA when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Working Queue Bytes—Total number of bytes of all mails in MTA when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

TD Statistics

The TD Statistics area monitors operation of the transport driver of Exchange Server 2003. The TD area layout is shown in Figure 198.

Figure 198 TD Statistics area layout

The TD Statistics area contains the following fields:



Message to Send—Number of mails delivered to the message database (MDB) when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003. MDB is a database instance of Exchange Server 2003. MDB can be identified as mailbox or public folder storage based on the stored data type.

Message from MTA to IS—Number of mails delivered from MTA to information storage (IS) when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Message from IS to MTA—Number of mails delivered from IS to MTA when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Messages Received/Min—Number of mails received by Exchange Server 2003 per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

257

Messages Sent/Min—Number of mails sent by Exchange Server 2003 per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Host Cache Hits—Number of cache hits when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Service

The Service area can monitor the following Exchange Server 2003 services:

• Microsoft Exchange IMAP4

• Microsoft Exchange Event

• Microsoft Exchange Information Store

• Microsoft Exchange Management

• Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks

• Microsoft Exchange System Attendant

• Microsoft Exchange Site Replication Service

• Microsoft Exchange POP3

• Microsoft Exchange Routing Engine

• Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)

If one or more services are not selected when the Exchange Server 2003 monitor was added, they cannot be monitored. For more information, see "Adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor." The Service area layout is shown in Figure 199.





• Display Name—Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the Exchange Server 2003 MTA service uses the alias Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks rather than the original name MSExchangeMTA. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly.

• State—Service state when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

SMTP Statistics

The SMTP Statistics area layout is shown in Figure 200.

Figure 200 SMTP Statistics area layout

The SMTP Statistics area contains the following fields:


258

• Inbound Connections—Inbound SMTP connections when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Outbound Connections—Outbound SMTP connections when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Local Retry Queue Length—Retry queue length of mails delivered locally when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Local Queue Length—Queue length of mails delivered locally when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Remote Retry Queue Length—Retry queue length of mails delivered to the external mail system when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Remote Queue Length—Queue length of mails delivered to the external mail system when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Messages to Route—Number of mails to route when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Messages Sent—Number of mails processed by Exchange Server 2003 and delivered locally when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Messages Unsent—Number of mails failed to be delivered when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

• Classified Queue Length—Number of mails in the classified queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2003.

Exchange Server 2007 The Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 provides mail services for domain users by cooperating with Active Directory. It supports SMTP, POP3, and IMAP4 mail protocols.

This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for Exchange Server 2007 and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor APM monitors the Exchange Server 2007 application only through WMI. When you add the application monitor for Exchange Server 2007, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The Windows Server hosts on which Exchange Server 2007 is installed must be configured and enabled with WMI. For information about enabling WMI for Windows Server, see Microsoft Windows Server online help.

• The Exchange Server 2007 hosts must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.


To add an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor:





259


3. Click Exchange 2007 of the Mail Server Monitor class.

The page for adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the target host where Exchange Server 2007 is installed in the Select Devices window. For information about selecting a host, see "xxx."








− Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology

− Microsoft Exchange Anti-spam Update

− Microsoft Exchange EdgeSync

− Microsoft Exchange File Distribution



− Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants

− Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission

− Microsoft Exchange Monitoring


− Microsoft Exchange Replication


− Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer

− Microsoft Exchange Service Host

− Microsoft Exchange Transport

− Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search

− Microsoft Exchange Unified Messaging

− Microsoft Search (Exchange)

− Microsoft Exchange ADAM

− Microsoft Exchange Edge Credential Service

260

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2007 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor. If the IP address of an Exchange Server 2007 host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the Exchange 2007 application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor appears.












− Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology

− Microsoft Exchange Anti-spam Update

− Microsoft Exchange EdgeSync

− Microsoft Exchange File Distribution

261



− Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants

− Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission

− Microsoft Exchange Monitoring


− Microsoft Exchange Replication


− Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer

− Microsoft Exchange Service Host

− Microsoft Exchange Transport

− Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search

− Microsoft Exchange Unified Messaging

− Microsoft Search (Exchange)

− Microsoft Exchange ADAM

− Microsoft Exchange Edge Credential Service

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2007 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Exchange Server 2007 application one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor report After you add an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes of the Exchange Server 2007 by viewing the monitor report.

To access the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of an Exchange 2007 application monitor.

The monitor report of Exchange Server 2007 appears, as shown in Figure 201.

262


The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Exchange 2007_192.168.20.220. The health status of the Exchange Server 2007 application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon .


Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the Exchange Server 2007 application.

• IP Address—IP address of the Exchange Server 2007 host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Exchange 2007.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the Exchange Server 2007 application.

• Relationship icon —Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the Exchange Server 2007 application and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarms—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Exchange Server 2007 host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Exchange Server 2007.

263

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Exchange Server 2007 today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period.

To view the availability of Exchange Server 2007 in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of Exchange Server 2007 in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today.


IMAP4

The IMAP4 area layout is shown in Figure 204.

264

Figure 204 IMAP4 area layout

The IMAP4 area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the IMAP4 connection trend graph shows changes of the IMAP4 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• IMAP4 connection trend graph—Shows changes of the IMAP4 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the IMAP4 connection number at the specific time point.


Current IMAP4 Connections—Number of IMAP4 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the IMAP4 connection number. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the IMAP4 connection trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The IMAP4 connection number is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history IMAP4 connection changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average IMAP4 connection numbers. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view IMAP4 connection numbers at the specific time point.

POP3

The POP3 area layout is shown in Figure 205.

265

Figure 205 POP3 area layout

The POP3 area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the POP3 connection trend graph shows changes of the POP3 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• POP3 connection trend graph—Shows changes of the POP3 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the POP3 connection number at the specific time point.


Current POP3 Connections—Number of POP3 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the POP3 connection number. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the IMAP4 connection trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The POP3 connection number is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history POP3 connection

changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average POP3 connection numbers. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view POP3 connection numbers at the specific time point.

SMTP Send

The SMTP Send area layout is shown in Figure 206.

266

Figure 206 SMTP Send area layout

The SMTP Send area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the SMTP Send trend graph shows changes of the outbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week

, This Month , and This Year .


• SMTP Send connection trend graph—Shows changes of the outbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the outbound SMTP connection number at the specific time point.


Connections—Number of outbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period.

Messages Sent/Sec—Number of mails sent per second by the SMTP service used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period.

• Action—Click an icon to perform relevant operation:

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the outbound SMTP connection number or message send rate. The index value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for an index to view statistics of history changes

to the outbound SMTP connection number or message send rate in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon

, Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view connection number or send rate values at the specific time point.

267

SMTP Receive

The SMTP Receive area layout is shown in Figure 207.

Figure 207 SMTP Receive area layout

The SMTP Receive area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the SMTP Receive trend graph shows changes of the inbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week

, This Month , and This Year .


• SMTP Receive connection trend graph—Shows changes of the inbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the inbound SMTP connection number at the specific time point.


Connections—Number of inbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period.

Messages Received/Sec—Number of mails received per second by the SMTP service used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the inbound SMTP connection number or messages receive rate. The index value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon for an index to view statistics of history changes to the inbound SMTP connection number or message receive rate in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon

, Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view connection number or receive rate values at the specific time point.

268

Buffer State

The Buffer State area layout is shown in Figure 208.

Figure 208 Buffer State area layout

The Buffer State area contains the following fields:



Uncompleted RPC Requests—Number of RPC requests that have not been processed when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

RPC Requests Sent/Sec—Number of RPC requests sent per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Average Delay—Average delay of RPC requests when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Active Connections—Number of active connections in all ConnectionCaches when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Idle Connections—Number of idle connections in all ConnectionCaches when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Connections—Number of ConnectionCaches on the Exchange Server 2007 host when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Buffer Capability—Total volume of ConnectionCaches on the Exchange Server 2007 host when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Transmit Queue State

The AL area layout is shown in Figure 209.

269

Figure 209 Transmit Queue State area layout

The Transmit Queue State area contains the following fields:


• Attribute/Value—Monitor index name and data. Active Mailbox Queue Length—Number of mails in the active mailbox transmit queue when

APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Message for Delivery/Sec—Number of items to be delivered per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Messages for Delivery/Sec—Number of mails added to the mailbox transmit queue and to be delivered per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Mailbox Redelivery Queue Length—Number of mails in the redelivery queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Remote Redelivery Queue Length—Number of mails to be delivered in the remote redelivery queue when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Messages Submitted/Sec—Number of mails added to the submit queue per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Availability Service

The Availability Service area offers secure, consistent, and latest availability service information to hosts running Microsoft Office Outlook for time scheduling. The Availability Service area layout is shown in Figure 210.

Figure 210 Availability Service area layout

The Availability Service area contains the following fields:



Session Hits/Sec—Number of session hits in the mailbox per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

270

Active Directory Access State

The Active Directory Access State area layout is shown in Figure 211.

Figure 211 Active Directory Access State area layout

The Active Directory Access State area contains the following fields:



Buffer Hits/Sec—Number of active directory buffer hits per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Buffer Failures/Sec—Number of active directory buffer hit failures per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

LDAP Queries/Sec—Number of LDAP query requests sent by Exchange Server 2007 per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Uncompleted Asynchronous Reads—Number of LDAP asynchronous read requests that have not been completed by Exchange Server 2007 when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Availability State

The Availability State area layout is shown in Figure 212.

Figure 212 Availability State area layout

The Availability State area contains the following fields:



Available Requests/Sec—Number client requests received by the availability service per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Public Folder Queries/Sec—Number of client requests to get the availability information from public folders per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Public Folder Request Failures/Sec—Number of client request failures to get the availability information from public folders per second when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

Service

The Service area monitors the following Exchange Server 2007 services:

271

• Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology

• Microsoft Exchange Anti-spam Update

• Microsoft Exchange EdgeSync

• Microsoft Exchange File Distribution

• Microsoft Exchange IMAP4

• Microsoft Exchange Information Store

• Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants

• Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission

• Microsoft Exchange Monitoring

• Microsoft Exchange POP3

• Microsoft Exchange Replication

• Microsoft Exchange System Attendant

• Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer

• Microsoft Exchange Service Host

• Microsoft Exchange Transport

• Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search

• Microsoft Exchange Unified Messaging

• Microsoft Search (Exchange)

• Microsoft Exchange ADAM

• Microsoft Exchange Edge Credential Service

If one or more services are not selected when the Exchange Server 2007 monitor was added, they cannot be monitored. For more information, see "Adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor." The Service area layout is shown in Figure 213.





• Display Name—Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the Exchange Server 2007 MTA service uses the alias Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks rather than the original name MSExchangeMTA. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly.

272

• State—Service state when APM last polled Exchange Server 2007.

• More—Click More to view status of all services that are being monitored.

POP3 The Post Office Protocol with version 3 (POP3) enables local email clients to retrieve mail messages from a remote mail server to their local hosts for management. Most mail servers support POP3.

This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for POP3, and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding a POP3 application monitor APM monitor the POP3 application through the POP3 service port (110 by default). When you add a POP3 application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The host that provides the POP3 service to be monitored must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• Obtain the mailbox username and password.

To add a POP3 application monitor:






3. Click POP3 of the Mail Server Monitor class.

The page for adding a POP3 application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the target host that provides the POP3 service in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the POP3 service port. The default value is 110.


Username/Password—Enter the mailbox username and password.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that POP3 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.

273


5. Click OK.

Modifying a POP3 application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a POP3 application monitor. If the IP address of a POP3 host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify a POP3 application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the POP3 application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the POP3 application monitor appears.





Port—Enter the POP3 service port. The default value is 110.


Username/Password—Enter the mailbox username and password.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that POP3 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between POP3 and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

274

Viewing the POP3 application monitor report After you add a POP3 application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for POP3 by viewing the monitor report.

To access the POP3 application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of a POP3 application monitor.

The monitor report of POP3 appears, as shown in Figure 214.

Figure 214 Part of a POP3 application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named POP3_192.168.20.208. The health status of the POP3 application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon



Monitor Information



275



• Health State—Health status of the POP3 application.

• IP Address—IP address of the POP3 host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always POP3.

• Port—POP3 service port.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the POP3 application.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarms—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the POP3 host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by POP3.

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for POP3 today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the POP3 service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the POP3 service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages


276

To view the availability of the POP3 service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today.


Response Time




• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows the response time changes for the POP3 service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon

on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• POP3 response time trend graph—Shows changes of the round trip response time for the POP3 service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the POP3 service in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the POP3 service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes for the POP3 service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling

277

interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response time values at the specific time point.

SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is an Internet standard protocol for email transmission between source and destination addresses. Most mail servers support SMTP.

This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for SMTP, and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding an SMTP application monitor APM monitor the SMTP application through the SMTP service port (25 by default). When you add an SMTP application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The host that provides the SMTP service to be monitored must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• Obtain the username and password used to access the SMTP service if the service requires identity authentication.

To add an SMTP application monitor:






3. Click SMTP of the Mail Server Monitor class.

The page for adding an SMTP application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the target host that provides the SMTP service in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the SMTP service port. The default value is 25.


Username/Password—Enter the username and password for identity authentication of SMTP.

Email Address—Enter a valid email address that is located on the host that provides the SMTP service. For example, [email protected]. APM uses the email address to send and receive a test mail.

278


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that SMTP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying an SMTP application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an SMTP application monitor. If the IP address of an SMTP host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an SMTP application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the SMTP application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the SMTP application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the target host that provides the SMTP service in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the SMTP service port. The default value is 25.


Username/Password—Enter the username and password for identity authentication of SMTP.

Email Address—Enter a valid email address that is located on the host that provides the SMTP service. For example, [email protected]. APM uses the email address to send and receive a test mail.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that SMTP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.

279


5. Click OK.

Viewing the SMTP application monitor report After you add an SMTP application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for SMTP by viewing the monitor report.

To access the SMTP application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of an SMTP application monitor.

The monitor report of SMTP appears, as shown in Figure 218.

Figure 218 Part of an SMTP application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named SMTP_192.168.20.208. The health status of the SMTP application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon


The monitor report, as shown in Figure 219, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections.

280

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the SMTP application.

• IP Address—IP address of the SMTP host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always SMTP.

• Port—SMTP service port.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the SMTP application.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarms—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the SMTP host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by SMTP.

Availability Today



281



• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for SMTP today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the SMTP service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the SMTP service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages


To view the availability of the SMTP service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today.


Response Time




• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows the response time changes for the SMTP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon

on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• SMTP response time trend graph—Shows changes of the round trip response time for the SMTP service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the SMTP service in the last polling period.

282

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the SMTP service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

• History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes for the SMTP service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon

, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response time values at the specific time point.

283

14 Web service monitor

APM supports monitoring the following types of Web services:

• RESTful Web service

• SOAP-based Web service

This chapter describes how to add and modify Web service monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports.

RESTful Web service Representational State Transfer (REST) is a predominant Web service design model and typically applies to HTTP-based APIs. A Web API or service that complies with constraints of REST architecture is called "RESTful Web service."

APM can monitor the running status of RESTful Web services. This chapter describes how to add and modify an application monitor for a RESTful Web service, and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding a RESTful Web service application monitor APM monitors a RESTful Web service through the HTTP port that service uses. When you add a RESTful Web service application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The host on which the RESTful Web service is located must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• Obtain the username and password to access the RESTful Web service to be monitored if the service requires identity authentication.

To add an application monitor for the RESTful Web service:






3. Click REST Service of the Web Service Monitor class.

The page for adding a RESTful Web service application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the RESTful Web service is located in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the HTTP port that the RESTful Web service uses.

284


Username/Password—Enter the username and password used to access the RESTful Web service if the service requires identity authentication.

Path—Enter the URL of the RESTful Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the RESTful Web service is available by accessing the specified URL.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the RESTful Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying a RESTful Web service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a RESTful Web service application monitor. If the IP address of a RESTful Web service host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host.

To modify a RESTful Web service application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the RESTful Web service application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the RESTful Web service application monitor appears.





Port—Enter the listening port of the RESTful Web service on the Web server.


Username/Password—Enter the username and password used to access the RESTful Web service if the service requires identity authentication.

285

Path—Enter the URL for the RESTful Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the RESTful Web service is available by accessing the specified URL.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the RESTful Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the RESTful Web service application monitor report To access the RESTful Web service application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of a RESTful Web service application monitor.

The monitor report of RESTful Web service appears, as shown in Figure 222.

Figure 222 Part of a RESTful Web service application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named REST_192.168.5.222. The health status of the application is Critical , and you can click the icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .


286

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the RESTful Web service.

• IP Address—IP address of the host on which the RESTful Web service is located.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always REST Service.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the RESTful Web service.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the RESTful Web service and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the RESTful Web service. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the RESTful Web service.

Availability Today

The availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 224.

287




• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for RESTful Web service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the RESTful Web service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the RESTful Web service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of The RESTful Web service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today.


Response Time


288

Figure 225 Response time area layout



• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the response time of the RESTful Web service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Response time trend graph—By default, the graph shows changes of the response time of the RESTful Web service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the RESTful Web service in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon to view statistics of the history response time trend of the RESTful Web service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon

on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response times of the service at the specific time point.

SOAP-based Web service Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) is used by Web services for exchanging XML messages typically through HTTP and SMTP.

APM can monitor the running status of SOAP-based Web services. This chapter describes how to add and modify an application monitor for a SOAP-based Web service, and helps you view the monitor report.

289

Adding a SOAP-based Web service application monitor APM monitors a SOAP-based Web service through the HTTP port that service uses. When you add a SOAP-based Web service application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The host on which the SOAP-based Web service you want to monitor is located must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• Obtain the username and password used to access the SOAP-based Web service if the service requires identity authentication.

To add an application monitor for the SOAP-based Web service:






3. Click SOAP Service of the Web Service Monitor class.

The page for adding a SOAP-based Web service application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host where SOAP-based Web service is located in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the HTTP port used by the SOAP-based Web service.


Username/Password—Enter the username and password used to access the SOAP-based Web service if the service requires identity authentication.

Path—Enter the URL of the SOAP-based Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the SOAP-based Web service is available by accessing the specified URL.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SOAP-based Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


290

5. Click OK.

Modifying a SOAP-based Web service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a SOAP-based Web service application monitor. If the IP address of a SOAP-based Web service host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host.

To modify a SOAP-based Web service application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the SOAP-based Web service application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the SOAP-based Web service application monitor appears.





Port—Enter the HTTP port used by SOAP-based Web service.


Username/Password—Enter the username and password used to access the SOAP-based Web service if the service requires identity authentication.

Path—Enter the URL of the SOAP-based Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the SOAP-based Web service is available by accessing the specified URL.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SOAP-based Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

291

Viewing the SOAP-based Web service application monitor report

To access the SOAP-based Web service application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of a SOAP-based Web service application monitor.

The monitor report of SOAP-based Web service appears, as shown in Figure 226.

Figure 226 Part of a SOAP-based Web service application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named SOAP_192.168.5.62. The health status of the application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .


Monitor Information





292

• Health State—Health status of the SOAP-based Web service.

• IP Address—IP address of the host on which the SOAP-based Web service is located.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always SOAP Service.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the SOAP-based Web service.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the SOAP-based Web service and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the SOAP-based Web service. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the SOAP-based Web service.

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for SOAP-based Web service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the SOAP-based Web service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the SOAP-based Web service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the SOAP-based Web service in the last 30 days, click the Weekly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today.

293

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today.


Response Time


Figure 229 Response time area layout



• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the response time of the SOAP-based Web service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Response time trend graph—By default, the graph shows changes of the round trip response time of the SOAP-based Web service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the SOAP-based Web service in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

• History Record icon —Click the History Record icon to view statistics of the history response time trend of the SOAP-based Web service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon

, Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected

294

in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response times of the service at the specific time point.

295

15 LDAP service monitor

APM supports monitoring the following LDAP services:

• Active Directory service

• LDAP service

This chapter describes how to add and modify LDAP service application monitors and helps you view relevant monitor reports.

Active Directory service Active Directory (AD) is a directory service developed based on Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) to run on the Windows Server operating systems. Administrators can easily locate the objects stored in the AD.

APM supports monitoring the running status of the AD service. This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for the AD service and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding an AD service application monitor APM monitors the AD service through WMI. When you add an AD application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The hosts running AD must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.


To add an AD service application monitor:






3. Click Active Directory of the LDAP Service Monitor class.

The page for adding an AD service application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the AD service to be monitored is located in the Select Devices window.

296



Username—Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host (Windows Server) where the AD service is located.




Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the AD service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying an AD service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an AD service application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the AD service is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the AD service. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an AD service application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the AD service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the AD service application monitor appears.



Description—Modify the description for the application monitor to aid maintenance.




297

Username—Modify the username of the administrator who can manage the host (Windows Server) where the AD service is located.



Password—Modify the password of the administrator.

Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the AD service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the AD service application monitor report To access the AD service application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab.



3. Click the name link of an AD service application monitor.

The monitor report of the AD service appears, as shown in Figure 230.

Figure 230 Part of an AD service application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Active Directory_192.168.1.44. The health status of the application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon

appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .

The monitor report, shown in Figure 231, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections.

298

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the AD service.

• IP Address—IP address of the AD service host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Active Directory.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the AD service.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between AD service and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the AD service host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the AD service.

Availability Today



299



• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the AD service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the AD service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the AD service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the AD service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today.


Network Monitor

The Network Monitor area layout is shown in Figure 233.

Figure 233 Network Monitor area layout

The Network Monitor area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the ABClient sessions trend graph shows changes of the ABClient session number for the AD service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

300

• ABClient sessions trend graph—Shows changes of the ABClient session number for the AD service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the session number at the specific time point.

• Attribute/Value—Monitor index name and data. ABClient Sessions—Number of connected ABClient sessions of the AD service in the last APM

polling period.

DS Notification Queue Size—Number of pending update notifications that have been queued but not yet sent to clients in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the network monitor index data in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average network monitor index data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the network monitor index data at the specific time point.

Database

The database of the AD service is the ntds.dit file, which is the core of the AD service and stores large amount of domain data. The Database area layout is shown in Figure 234.

Figure 234 Database area layout

The Database area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the ntds.dit file size trend graph shows changes of the file size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours

, Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year . • Database file size trend graph—Shows changes of the ntds.dit file size over the last one hour in a

line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the file size at the specific time point.


File Size—Size of the ntds.dit file in the last APM polling period.

301

History icon —Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the ntds.dit file size in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average file sizes. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the file size at the specific time point.

NTFRS Process

The NTFRS process refers to the File Replication Service of AD. It is used for file synchronization among multiple domain controllers (DCs) deployed with AD, ensuring global synchronization of domain accounts and user configuration files. The NTFRS Process area layout is shown in Figure 235.

Figure 235 NTFRS Process area layout

The NTFRS Process area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the CPU usage ratio trend graph shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• CPU usage ratio trend graph—Shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point.


CPU Usage Ratio—CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process in the last APM polling period.

Handles—Total number of handles opened by the NTFRS process in the last APM polling period.

302

IO Read Rate—Rate at which the NTFRS process is reading data from I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os.

IO Write Rate—Rate at which the NTFRS process is writing data to I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage ratio trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history statistics of the CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon

, This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratio. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point.

LSASS Process

The Local Security Authority Subsystem Service (LSASS) process of the Windows operating system processes authentication requests and permits/denies user accesses. It processes domain logins from users in AD. The LSASS Process area layout is shown in Figure 236.

Figure 236 LSASS Process area layout

The LSASS Process area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the CPU usage ratio trend graph shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options

303

include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• CPU usage ratio trend graph—Shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point.


CPU Usage Ratio—CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process in the last APM polling period.

Handles—Total number of handles opened by the LSASS process in the last APM polling period.

IO Read Rate—Rate at which the LSASS process is reading data from I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os.

IO Write Rate—Rate at which the LSASS process is writing data to I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage ratio trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history statistics of the CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon

, This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratio. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point.

Performance

The Performance area layout is shown in Figure 237.

304

Figure 237 Performance area layout

The Performance area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the performance trend graph shows changes of directory reads/writes per second over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Performance trend graph—Shows changes of directory reads/writes per second over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the detailed data at the specific time point.


Client Bindings/Sec—Number of DC-to-client bindings per second in the last APM polling period.

Server Bindings/Sec—Number of DC-to-DC bindings per second in the last APM polling period.

Directory Reads/Sec—Number of reads from directory per second in the last APM polling period.

Directory Writes/Sec—Number of writes to directory per second in the last APM polling period.

Kerberos Authentications—Number of times per second that clients use a ticket to this DC to authenticate to this DC in the last APM polling period.

NTLM Authentications—Number of NTLM authentications serviced by this DC per second in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the AD performance index data in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To

305

change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average performance index data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the performance index data at the specific time point.

Copy Statistics

The Copy Statistics area layout is shown in Figure 238.

Figure 238 Copy Statistics area layout

The Copy Statistics area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the inbound/outbound object trend graph shows changes of the number of inbound/outbound objects per second over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week

, This Month , and This Year . • Inbound/Outbound object trend graph—Shows changes of the number of inbound/outbound

objects per second over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of inbound/outbound objects per second at the specific time point.


Copied Objects/Sec—Rate at which replication updates received from ADs are applied by the local AD in the last APM polling period. This counter excludes changes that are received but not applied.

Left Objects/Sec—Number of object updates received in the current directory replication update packet that have not yet been applied to the local AD in the last APM polling period.

306

Inbound Objects/Sec—Number of objects received per second from other ADs through inbound replication in the last APM polling period.

Outbound Objects/Sec—Number of objects sent per second to other ADs through outbound replication in the last APM polling period.

Inbound Rate—Inbound replication rate of the current AD in the last APM polling period.

Outbound Rate—Outbound replication rate of the current AD in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history replication statistics in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average replication statistics data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the replication statistics data at the specific time point.

LDAP Statistics

The LDAP Statistics are shown in Figure 239.

Figure 239 LDAP Statistics area layout

The LDAP Statistics area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the LDAP statistics trend graph shows changes of the number of active LDAP threads/LDAP client sessions over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

307

• LDAP statistics trend graph—Shows changes of the number of active LDAP threads/LDAP client sessions over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of active LDAP threads/LDAP client sessions at the specific time point.


Active LDAP Threads—Number of threads used by the LDAP subsystem in the last APM polling period.

LDAP Binding Time—Time used for the last LDAP binding in the last APM polling period. LDAP Client Sessions—Number of currently connected LDAP client sessions in the last APM

polling period.

LDAP Searches/Sec—Number of searches performed by LDAP clients per second in the last APM polling period.

LDAP UDP Operations/Sec—Number of UDP operations processed by the LDAP subsystem per second in the last APM polling period.

LDAP Writes/Sec—Number of writes performed by LDAP clients per second in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the history LDAP statistics in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average LDAP statistics data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the LDAP statistics data at the specific time point.

Active Directory Service

APM can obtain the service information on the server where AD is located through WMI parameters. When monitoring the AD service, APM monitors the following services that are closely related to the proper operation of AD:

• Windows Time

• DNS Client

• File Replication Service

• Intersite Messaging

• Kerberos Key Distribution Center

• Security Accounts Manager

• Server

• Workstation

• Remote Procedure Call

• Net Logon

The names of these services are display names. Operators can view the services on the service console of the server where AD is located. The Active Directory Service area layout is shown in Figure 240.

308

Figure 240 Active Directory Service area layout

The Active Directory Service area contains the following fields:



• Display Name—Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the DNS client service uses the alias DNS Client rather than the original name DNScache. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly.

• State—Service state in the last APM polling period. A service whose state is not Running might cause abnormality of the AD service.

LDAP service LDAP is an application protocol based on TCP/IP for querying and modifying directory services. An LDAP directory is organized with a tree structure. Each entry in it has a Distinguished Name (DN) and consists of a set of attributes. Common LDAP implementations include Active Directory, Novell Directory Service, and OpenLDAP.

This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for the LDAP service and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding an LDAP service application monitor APM monitors the running state of the LDAP service through the LDAP service port (TCP port 389 by default). When you add an LDAP service application monitor, follow these guidelines:

• Make sure the host providing LDAP services has been added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• The username and password for the LDAP service must be provided. APM uses the LDAP username and password to access the LDAP service.

To add an LDAP service application monitor:

309






3. Click LDAP of the LDAP Service Monitor class.

The page for adding an LDAP service application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host on which the LDAP service application will be monitored in the Select Devices window.

Port—Enter the port that the LDAP service uses. The default is TCP port 389.


Username—Enter the LDAP username.

For example, if user test in the domain imc.com belongs to Organization Unit (OU) apm, you must enter cn=test, ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com for Username. The username format varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual.

Password—Enter the password of the LDAP user.

Search Filter—Enter the criteria for filtering queried entries. For example, if you enter cn=*, entries with any name are displayed. You can set the AND or OR relationship between multiple criteria. The AND or OR relationship setting varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual.

Search Base—Enter the basic directory for query. For example, if you enter ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com, APM queries only entries of OU apm in the domain imc.com.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the LDAP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

310

Modifying an LDAP service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an LDAP service application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the LDAP service is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the LDAP service. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an LDAP service application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the LDAP service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the LDAP service application monitor appears.





Port—Modify the port that the LDAP service uses.



Username—Modify the LDAP username. For example, if user test in the domain imc.com belongs to OU apm, you must enter cn=test, ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com for Username. The username format varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual.

Password—Modify the password of the LDAP user.

Query Filter—Modify the criteria for filtering queried entries. For example, if you enter cn=*, entries with any name are displayed. You can set the AND or OR relationship between multiple criteria. The AND or OR relationship setting varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual.

Search Base—Modify the basic directory for query. For example, if you enter ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com, APM queries only entries of OU apm in the domain imc.com.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the LDAP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.

Detect Application—Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds

311

the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection.

5. Click OK.

Viewing the LDAP service application monitor report After you add the LDAP service application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes of the LDAP service by viewing the monitor report.

To access the LDAP service application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of an LDAP service application monitor.

The monitor report of the LDAP service application appears, as shown in Figure 241.

Figure 241 Part of an LDAP service application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Ldap_192.168.20.208. The health status of the application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .


312

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the LDAP service.

• IP Address—IP address of the LDAP service host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always LDAP.

• Port—Port used by the LDAP service.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the LDAP service.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between AD service and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the LDAP service host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the LDAP service.

Availability Today


313




• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the LDAP service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the LDAP service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the LDAP service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages


To view the availability of the LDAP service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today.


Login Details

APM uses the username and password configured in the LDAP service application monitor to access the LDAP service at every polling interval. The Login Details area layout is shown in Figure 244.

314

Figure 244 Login Details area layout

The Login Details area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the login time trend graph shows changes of the login time of the LDAP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Login time trend graph—Shows changes of the login time of the LDAP service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the login time at the specific time point.


Login Time—Time taken for APM to pass the LDAP authentication by using the LDAP username and password in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the LDAP service login time in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average login times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the login time at the specific time point.

Search Details

After passing the LDAP authentication, APM queries all entries of the Search Base according to the Search Base and query filter configured in the LDAP service application monitor. The Search Details area layout is shown in Figure 245.

Figure 245 Search Details area layout

The Search Details area contains the following fields:

315


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the search details trend graph shows changes of the search time and response time of the LDAP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Search details trend graph—Shows changes of the search time and response time of the LDAP service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the search time and response time at the specific time point.


Search Time—Time taken for APM to query all entries passing the query filter in the Search Base and obtain the query result in the last APM polling period.

Response Time—Time taken for APM to access the LDAP service and complete a query in the last APM polling period. The response time approximately equals login time plus search time.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Search Details trend graph as dotted lines. The data is highlighted in yellow when the response time reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the response time reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the LDAP service search time/response time in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average search times/response times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the search time/response time at the specific time point.

Search Result

The Query Result area, as shown in Figure 246, shows the statistics of the entries passing the query filter in Search Base.

Figure 246 Search Result area layout

The Search Result area contains the following fields:


316

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the search result trend graph shows changes of the entry number of the LDAP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Search result trend graph—Shows changes of the entry number of the LDAP service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the entry number at the specific time point.


Rows—Number of entries passing the query filter in the Search Base in the last APM polling period.

Result—Result (successful or not) of the query for entries passing the query filter in the Search Base in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the LDAP service search result in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average entry numbers. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the entry number at the specific time point.

317

16 File/Directory monitor

APM provides the file system monitoring function that monitors the following types of applications:

• File

• Directory

This chapter describes how to add and modify file/directory application monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports.

File APM can monitor the size and last modification time of individual files on Windows, UNIX, and Linux operating systems. This section describes how to add a file application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding a file application monitor APM can monitor files through CLI or WMI. When you add a file application monitor, follow these guidelines: • To monitor a file on a Windows host, first enable and configure WMI for Windows Server (see the

Microsoft Windows Server online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password.

• To monitor a file on a Linux or UNIX host, first enable Telnet or SSH for the host (see the Linux configuration guide), and configure the Telnet or SSH username and password on both the host and the IMC Platform. The Telnet or SSH user must have the administrator privilege.

• Make sure the host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

To add a file application monitor:






3. Click File of the File/Directory Monitor class.

The page for adding a file application monitor appears.




318

IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the file to be monitored is located in the Select Devices window.


Monitor Type—Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include WMI and CLI.

Username—This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows administrator.




File Name—Enter the absolute path and name of the file you want to monitor. Use the C:\pagefile.sys format for Windows, or the /var/log/messages format for Linux and UNIX.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the file depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying a file application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a file application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the monitored file is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the file.




3. Click the Modify icon for the file application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the file application monitor appears.





319






Password/Password—This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator.

File Name—Enter the absolute path and name of the file you want to monitor. Use the C:\pagefile.sys format for Windows, or the /var/log/messages format for Linux and UNIX.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the file depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the file application monitor report To access the file application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab.



3. Click the name link of a file application monitor.

The monitor report of the file appears, as shown in Figure 247.

320

Figure 247 Part of a file application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named File_172.8.9.77. The health status of the application is Major , and you can click the icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .


Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the file.

321

• IP Address—IP address of the host where the file is located.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always File.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the file.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the file and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the file. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the file.

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the file today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the file in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the file in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the file in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of the file since 00:00 today. • Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the file since 00:00 today. • Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the file since 00:00 today.

322

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the file since 00:00 today.


File Statistics

The File Statistics area layout is shown in Figure 250.

Figure 250 File Statistics area layout

The File Statistics area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the file size trend graph shows changes of the file size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today

, Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year . • File size trend graph—By default, the graph shows changes of the file size over the last hour in a

line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the size of the file at the specific time point.


File Size—Size of the file in the last polling period.

Last Modified—Time when the file was last modified in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set the file size alarm thresholds. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the file size trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The file size value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon to view history statistics of the file size changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average file sizes. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view file sizes at the specific time point.

323

Directory APM can monitor the size of individual directories on Windows, UNIX, and Linux operating systems. This section describes how to add and modify a directory application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report.

Adding a directory application monitor APM can monitor directories through CLI or WMI. When you add a directory application monitor, follow these guidelines:

• To monitor a directory on a Windows host, first enable and configure WMI for Windows Server (see the Microsoft Windows Server online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password.

• To monitor a directory on a Linux/UNIX host, first enable Telnet or SSH for the host (see the Linux configuration guide), and configure the Telnet or SSH username and password on both the host and the IMC Platform. The Telnet or SSH user must have the administrator privilege.

• Make sure the host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

To add a directory application monitor:






3. Click Directory of the File/Directory Monitor class.

The page for adding a directory application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the directory to be monitored is located in the Select Devices window.






324


Directory Name—Enter the absolute path and name of the directory you want to monitor. Use the C:\Windows format for Windows, or the /home/Apache format for Linux and UNIX.

Contact—Enter the contact information, such as name, email address, and telephone number. Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the

applications that the directory depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Modifying a directory application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a directory application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the monitored directory is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the directory.




3. Click the Modify icon for the directory monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the directory application monitor appears.











325

Directory Name—Enter the absolute path and name of the directory you want to monitor. Use the C:\Windows format for Windows, or the /home/Apache format for Linux and UNIX.

Contact—Enter the contact information, such as name, email address, and telephone number. Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the

applications that the directory depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the directory monitor report To access the directory monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab.



3. Click the name link of a directory application monitor.

The monitor report of the directory appears, as shown in Figure 251.

Figure 251 Part of a directory monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Directory_192.168.5.222. The health status of the application is Major , and you can click the icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon .


326

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the directory.

• IP Address—IP address of the host where the directory is located.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always Directory.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the directory.

• Relationship—Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the directory and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the directory. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the directory.

Availability Today

The Availability Today area layout is shown is Figure 253.

327




• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the directory today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the directory in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the directory in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the directory in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day.

• Available Time—Total available time duration of the directory since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the directory since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the directory since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the directory since 00:00 today.


Directory Statistics

The Directory Statistics area layout is shown in Figure 254.

328

Figure 254 Directory Statistics area layout

The Directory Statistics area contains the following fields:


• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the directory size trend graph shows changes of the directory size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .

• Directory size trend graph—By default, the graph shows changes of the directory size over the last hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the size of the directory at the specific time point.


Directory Size—Disk space occupied by the directory in the last polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set the directory size alarm thresholds. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the directory size trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The directory size value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History Record icon —Click the History Record icon to view history statistics of the directory size changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average directory sizes. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view directory sizes at the specific time point.

329

17 Service monitor

APM supports monitoring the following services:

• SNMP service

• DNS service

This chapter describes how to add and modify the application monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports.

SNMP service Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a network management protocol widely supported by operating systems and network devices. SNMP uses a hierarchical structure to describe nodes on the network, each of which is identified by a unique OID. Network management systems can obtain various index data from devices by reading their OIDs via SNMP. The default SNMP service port is UDP 161.

APM monitors the SNMP service status by reading specific OIDs. This section describes how to add and modify an SNMP service application monitor, and helps view the monitor report.

Adding an SNMP service application monitor APM monitors SNMP status through the SNMP service port. When you add an SNMP monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• SNMP is enabled and configured on the operating systems or network devices to be monitored.

• The target operating systems or network devices must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding devices to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

To add an SNMP service application monitor:






3. Click SNMP Monitor of the Service Monitor class.

The page for adding an SNMP service application monitor appears.



IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the SNMP service is located in the Select Devices window.

330

OID—Enter the OID for SNMP monitoring. You can obtain OIDs by using a network management tool. For example, the OID of the system up time (sysUpTime) is 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3.0.



Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SNMP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


4. Click OK.

Modifying an SNMP service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an SNMP service application monitor. If the IP address of an SNMP host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify an SNMP service application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the SNMP service application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the SNMP service application monitor appears.





OID—Modify the OID for SNMP monitoring.



Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SNMP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating

331

system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between the SNMP service and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the SNMP service application monitor report To access the SNMP service application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of an SNMP service application monitor.

The monitor report of SNMP appears, as shown in Figure 255.

Figure 255 Part of an SNMP service application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named SNMP_192.168.20.105. The health status of the SNMP service application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon .


332

Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the SNMP service application.

• IP Address—IP address of the SNMP service host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always SNMP Monitor.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the SNMP service.

• Relationship icon —Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the SNMP service and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the SNMP service host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the SNMP service.

Availability Today



333



• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the SNMP service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the SNMP service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the SNMP service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages


To view the availability of the SNMP service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today.


Ping Test

The Ping Test area layout is shown in Figure 258.





334

• Ping Test response time trend graph—Shows changes of the round trip response time for the SNMP service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the SNMP service in the last APM polling period.

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time values at the specific time point.

SNMP OID

The SNMP OID area layout is shown in Figure 259.

Figure 259 SNMP OID area layout


• OID/Value—OID and its value for SNMP monitoring obtained in the last APM polling period.

DNS service Domain Name System (DNS) is a core Internet service. With DNS, users can use easy-to-remember domain names in some applications and let the DNS service translate them into IP addresses. The default DNS service ports are TCP 53 and UDP 53.

APM monitors the DNS service status by requesting the DNS service to translate a specified domain name into an IP address. This section describes how to add and modify a DNS monitor, and helps view the monitor report.

Adding a DNS service application monitor APM monitors DNS status through DNS service ports. When you add the application monitor for DNS service, make sure the following requirements are satisfied:

• The host on which the DNS service you want to monitor is located must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding a host to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

• If the host to be monitored runs on an enterprise or organization network that uses public DNS servers on the Internet, make sure the host is added to the IMC Platform, and no SNMP, Telnet or SSH settings need be configured.

To add a DNS service application monitor:

335






3. Click DNS Monitor of the Service Monitor class.

The page for adding a DNS service application monitor appears.




IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the DNS service is located in the Select Devices window.


Host—Enter the domain name of a website for DNS monitoring. For example, enter www.hp.com.

Record Type—Select a record type for the domain name. Available options include AAAA, CNAME, MX, SOA, A, SPF, NS, SRV, TXT, and PTR. See Table 8 for Record types.

Table 8 Record types

Record Types Remarks

AAAA DNS Extensions to Support IP Version 6.

CNAME Canonical name for an alias.

MX Mail exchange.

SOA Start of a zone of authority.

A Host address.

SPF Sender Policy Framework.

NS Authoritative name server.

SRV Service record, which identifies the location of servers.

TXT Text strings.

PTR Domain name pointer.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the DNS service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.

Detect Application—Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to

336

determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection.

5. Click OK.

Modifying a DNS service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a DNS service application monitor. If the IP address of a DNS host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor.

To modify a DNS service application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the DNS service application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying a DNS service application monitor appears.




IP Address—The field cannot be modified.

Host—Modify the domain name.

Record Type—Select a record type for the domain name. Available options include AAAA, CNAME, MX, SOA, A, SPF, NS, SRV, TXT, and PTR. For more information about record types, see Table 8.


Related Applications—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the DNS service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between the DNS service and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

Viewing the DNS service application monitor report To access the DNS service application report: 1. Click the Resource tab.

337



3. Click the name link of a DNS service application monitor.

The monitor report of the DNS service appears, as shown in Figure 260.

Figure 260 Part of a DNS service application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named DNS_10.72.66.36. The health status of the DNS service application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon



Monitor Information





• Health State—Health status of the DNS service application.

• IP Address—IP address of the DNS service host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always DNS Monitor.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the DNS service.

338

• Relationship icon —Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the DNS service and other applications in a topology view.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the DNS host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the DNS service.

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the DNS service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the DNS service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the DNS service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages


To view the availability of the DNS service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today.

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today.


339

Response Time






• Response time trend graph—Shows changes of the round trip response time for the DNS service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the DNS service in the last APM polling period.

Host—Domain name that APM requests the DNS service to translate.

Record Type—Record type of the domain name.

Alias—Alternative names of the domain name.

Query Result—IP address of the specified domain name.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the DNS response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics

340

graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time values at the specific time point.

341

18 HTTP service monitor

This chapter describes how to add and modify the URL application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report.

URL A uniform resource locator (URL) provides a reference to an Internet resource and a means of locating the resource. For more information about URL, see RFC 1738. You can access resources provided by HTTP services through URLs. By accessing a URL, APM judges whether the HTTP service is properly running on the host that provides the resource to which the URL links.

Adding a URL application monitor APM accesses URLs through the HTTP service port (TCP port 80 by default). When you add a URL application monitor, make sure the host providing HTTP services has been added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management.

To add a URL application monitor:






3. Click URL of the HTTP Service Monitor class.

The page for adding a URL application monitor appears.



IP Address—Click Select and select the host where the HTTP service is located in the Select Devices window. For information about selecting a host, see "xxx."

Port—Enter the HTTP service port for URL access. The default port number is 80.

Polling Interval (min)—Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes.

Relative Path—Enter the relative path of the Web page starting with a slash (/). To obtain a relative path, remove the http:// string and the IP address from a full path.


Related Application—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that URL depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX,

342

Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


4. Click OK.

Modifying a URL application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a URL application monitor. If the IP address of the URL that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the URL.

To modify a URL application monitor:




3. Click the Modify icon for the URL application monitor you want to modify.

The page for modifying the URL application monitor appears.





Port—Enter the HTTP service port for URL access. The default port number is 80.

Polling Interval (min)—Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes.

Relative Path—Modify the HTTP URL. Do not include IP address or port number in a URL. APM requests the Web page indicated by the URL in polling.


Related Application—Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that URL depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view.


5. Click OK.

343

Viewing the URL application monitor report After you add a URL application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes of the URL by viewing the monitor report.

To access the URL application monitor report:




3. Click the name link of a URL application monitor.

The URL monitor report appears, as shown in Figure 264.

Figure 264 Part of a URL application monitor report

The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named URL_172.8.21.2. The health status of the URL application is Healthy . If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon .


Monitor Information




344


• Health State—Health status of the URL application.

• IP Address—IP address of the HTTP service host.

• Application Type—Type of the application, which is always URL.

• Port—Port number used by the HTTP service.

• Last Polling Time—Time when APM last polled the URL application.

• Top5 Unrecovered Alarm—Latest five unrecovered alarms on the URL. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the URL.

Availability Today





• Availability pie chart—Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the URL service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart.

• Current Availability—Availability of the URL service in the last polling period.

To view the availability of the URL service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon . The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time.

To view the availability of the URL service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon . The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages


• Available Time—Total available time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today.

• Unavailable Time—Total unavailable time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today.

• Inaccessible Time—Total inaccessible time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today.

345

• Unmanaged Time—Total unmanaged time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today.


Response Time




• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the URL response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours , Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• URL response time trend graph—Shows changes of the round trip response time for the URL over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point.


Response Time—Round trip response time of the URL in the last APM polling period.

Set Threshold icon —Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the URL response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds.

History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon , This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time values at the specific time point.

346

Page Size

APM examines the size of the requested Web page, and records changes of the page size in a trend graph, as shown in Figure 268.

Figure 268 Page Size area layout

The Page Size area contains the following fields:

• Last 1 Hour icon —By default, the page size trend graph shows changes of the Web page size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours

, Today , Yesterday , This Week , This Month , and This Year .


• Web page size trend graph—Shows changes of the Web page size over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the Web page size at the specific time point.


Page Size—Size of the requested Web page in the last APM polling period.

Rate of Change—Change rate of the requested Web page size in the last APM polling period. The change rate is a percentage of the page size change in the last two requests to the size of the last requested page. The value is positive while the page size increases, and is negative while the page size is reduced.

• History icon —Click the History icon to view statistics of the history Web page size change rates in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon , Today icon , Yesterday icon , This Week icon

, This Month icon , or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average change rates. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the change rates at the specific time point.

347

19 Support and other resources

Contacting HP For worldwide technical support information, see the HP support website:

http://www.hp.com/support

Before contacting HP, collect the following information:

• Product model names and numbers

• Technical support registration number (if applicable)

• Product serial numbers

• Error messages

• Operating system type and revision level

• Detailed questions

Subscription service HP recommends that you register your product at the Subscriber's Choice for Business website:

http://www.hp.com/go/wwalerts

An email notification is sent to you after registration is completed containing:

• Product enhancements

• New driver versions

• Firmware updates

• Other product resources

Related information

Documents To find related documents, browse to the Manuals page of the HP Business Support Center website:

http://www.hp.com/support/manuals

• For related documentation, navigate to the Networking section, and select a networking category.

• For a complete list of acronyms and their definitions, see HP A-Series Acronyms.

Websites • HP.com http://www.hp.com

http://www.hp.com/support

http://www.hp.com/go/wwalerts


http://www.hp.com/

348

• HP Networking http://www.hp.com/go/networking

• HP manuals http://www.hp.com/support/manuals

• HP download drivers and software http://www.hp.com/support/downloads

• HP software depot http://www.software.hp.com

Conventions This section describes the conventions used in this documentation set.

Command conventions

Convention Description

Boldface Bold text represents commands and keywords that you enter literally as shown.

Italic Italic text represents arguments that you replace with actual values.

/ Multi-level menus are separated by forward slashes. For example, [File/Create/Folder].

GUI conventions


Boldface Window names, button names, field names, and menu items are in bold text. For example, the New User window appears; click OK.

> Multi-level menus are separated by angle brackets. For example, File > Create > Folder.

Symbols


WARNING An alert that calls attention to important information that if not understood or followed can result in personal injury.

CAUTION

An alert that calls attention to important information that if not understood or followed can result in data loss, data corruption, or damage to hardware or software.

IMPORTANT An alert that that provides clarifying information or specific instructions.

NOTE An alert that contains additional or supplementary information.

http://www.hp.com/go/networking


http://www.hp.com/support/downloads

http://www.software.hp.com/